TWI709611B - Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and method for manufacturing the same, polymer and compound - Google Patents

Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and method for manufacturing the same, polymer and compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI709611B
TWI709611B TW104104485A TW104104485A TWI709611B TW I709611 B TWI709611 B TW I709611B TW 104104485 A TW104104485 A TW 104104485A TW 104104485 A TW104104485 A TW 104104485A TW I709611 B TWI709611 B TW I709611B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
liquid crystal
divalent
compound
crystal alignment
Prior art date
Application number
TW104104485A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201531530A (en
Inventor
樫下幸志
Original Assignee
日商Jsr股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商Jsr股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商Jsr股份有限公司
Publication of TW201531530A publication Critical patent/TW201531530A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI709611B publication Critical patent/TWI709611B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1003Preparatory processes
    • C08G73/1007Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1042Copolyimides derived from at least two different tetracarboxylic compounds or two different diamino compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/133305Flexible substrates, e.g. plastics, organic film
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2203/00Applications
    • C08L2203/20Applications use in electrical or conductive gadgets

Abstract

A liquid crystal alignment agent for obtaining a liquid crystal display device having various properties in good balance is provided. The liquid crystal alignment agent contains a polymer (P) obtained by using at least one compound (C') selected from a group consisted of a compound (C) and a compound (C1) for reaction. The compound (C) has a following structure (a) and a following structure (b). The compound (C1) has the following structure (a) and a following structure (b1), wherein a reactive group which participates in polymerization is not bonded on an aromatic ring group in the structure (a). (a): an aromatic amine structure obtained by bonding two or three aromatic ring groups to the same nitrogen atom. (b): a chain structure such as a bi-valent chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbons. (b1): a structure such as a bi-valent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbons, -O-, and -S-, etc.

Description

液晶配向劑、液晶配向膜、液晶顯示元件、相位差 膜及其製造方法、聚合物以及化合物 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, phase difference Membrane and its manufacturing method, polymer and compound

本發明涉及一種液晶配向劑、液晶配向膜、液晶顯示元件、相位差膜、相位差膜的製造方法、聚合物以及化合物。 The invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal display element, a retardation film, a method for manufacturing a retardation film, a polymer and a compound.

以往,液晶顯示元件開發出電極結構或所使用的液晶分子的物性、製造步驟等不同的多種驅動方式,例如已知扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)型或超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)型、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)型、共面切換(In-Plane Switching,IPS)型、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)型等各種液晶顯示元件。這些液晶顯示元件具有用以使液晶分子配向的液晶配向膜。就耐熱性、機械強度、與液晶的親和性等各種特性良好的方面而言,液晶配向膜的材料通常使用聚醯胺酸或聚醯亞胺。 In the past, liquid crystal display elements have developed a variety of driving methods that differ in the electrode structure, the physical properties of the liquid crystal molecules used, and the manufacturing steps, such as known twisted nematic (TN) type or super twisted nematic (Super Twisted Nematic, Various liquid crystal display elements such as STN type, Vertical Alignment (VA) type, In-Plane Switching (IPS) type, Fringe Field Switching (FFS) type, etc. These liquid crystal display elements have a liquid crystal alignment film for aligning liquid crystal molecules. In terms of good properties such as heat resistance, mechanical strength, and affinity with liquid crystals, the material of the liquid crystal alignment film is usually polyamide acid or polyimide.

另外,近年來,隨著液晶顯示元件的高精細化,對減少殘像現象或抑制對比度下降的要求提高,為了滿足所述要求而提出有多種液晶配向劑(例如參照專利文獻1~專利文獻6)。這些專利文獻1~專利文獻6中記載液晶配向劑中,通過將二苯基胺單元導入至液晶配向劑中,來實現液晶顯示元件中的蓄積電荷的減少或對比度下降的抑制等。 In addition, in recent years, with the advancement of high-definition liquid crystal display elements, the demand for reducing the residual image phenomenon or suppressing the decrease in contrast has increased. In order to meet the requirements, various liquid crystal alignment agents have been proposed (for example, refer to Patent Literature 1 to Patent Literature 6. ). These Patent Documents 1 to 6 describe that in the liquid crystal alignment agent, the diphenylamine unit is introduced into the liquid crystal alignment agent to achieve reduction in the accumulated charge in the liquid crystal display element, suppression of the decrease in contrast, and the like.

具體而言,專利文獻1中公開了將使包含4,4'-二胺基二苯基胺的二胺與四羧酸二酐進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸或者聚醯亞胺包含於液晶配向劑中。專利文獻2中公開了將使包含(4-胺基苯基)(4-((4-胺基苯基)胺基)苯基胺等寡聚苯胺的二胺與四羧酸二酐進行反應而獲得的聚醯亞胺包含於液晶配向劑中。另外,專利文獻3中公開了將具有2個以上二苯基胺單元的化合物與聚醯胺酸或聚醯亞胺等聚合物分開添加,或者將使具有2個以上二苯基胺單元的二胺與四羧酸二酐進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸包含於液晶配向劑中。 Specifically, Patent Document 1 discloses that polyamide acid or polyimide obtained by reacting diamine containing 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine with tetracarboxylic dianhydride is contained in In the liquid crystal alignment agent. Patent Document 2 discloses that diamines containing oligoanilines such as (4-aminophenyl) (4-((4-aminophenyl)amino)phenylamine and the like are reacted with tetracarboxylic dianhydride The obtained polyimide is contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. In addition, Patent Document 3 discloses that a compound having two or more diphenylamine units is added separately from a polymer such as polyimide or polyimide. Alternatively, polyamide acid obtained by reacting diamine having two or more diphenylamine units with tetracarboxylic dianhydride is included in the liquid crystal alignment agent.

專利文獻4中公開了將使包含1,3-雙-4-(N,N-(4-胺基苯基)胺基苯基)丙烷作為在分子內具有2個二苯基胺結構的化合物的二胺與四羧酸二酐進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸包含於液晶配向劑中。另外,專利文獻5及專利文獻6中公開了將使包含N,N'-雙(4-胺基苯基)-N,N'-二甲基乙二胺的二胺與四羧酸二酐進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸包含於液晶配向劑中。 Patent Document 4 discloses that 1,3-bis-4-(N,N-(4-aminophenyl)aminophenyl)propane is used as a compound having two diphenylamine structures in the molecule The polyamide acid obtained by reacting the diamine and tetracarboxylic dianhydride is contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. In addition, Patent Document 5 and Patent Document 6 disclose that diamine containing N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)-N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine and tetracarboxylic dianhydride The polyamide acid obtained by the reaction is contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent.

另外,液晶顯示元件中使用多種光學材料,其中,出於 消除顯示的著色的目的、或消除顯示色以及對比度比隨著視覺方向而變化的視角依存性的目的,而使用相位差膜。所述相位差膜已知包括:三乙醯纖維素(triacetyl cellulose,TAC)膜等形成於基板的表面的液晶配向膜、以及通過使聚合性液晶硬化而形成於所述液晶配向膜的表面的液晶層。另外,近年來,製作相位差膜中的液晶配向膜時,利用如下的光配向法:通過對形成於基板表面的感放射線性的有機薄膜照射偏光或者非偏光的放射線,而對所述有機薄膜賦予液晶配向能力;提出有用以利用所述方法來製作液晶配向膜的相位差膜用的液晶配向劑(例如參照專利文獻7)。 In addition, a variety of optical materials are used in liquid crystal display elements. The retardation film is used for the purpose of eliminating the coloring of the display or the viewing angle dependence of the display color and contrast ratio that changes with the visual direction. The retardation film is known to include a liquid crystal alignment film formed on the surface of a substrate such as a triacetyl cellulose (TAC) film, and a liquid crystal alignment film formed on the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film by curing a polymerizable liquid crystal. Liquid crystal layer. In addition, in recent years, when the liquid crystal alignment film in the retardation film is produced, the following photo-alignment method is used: a radiation-sensitive organic thin film formed on the surface of a substrate is irradiated with polarized or non-polarized radiation. Provide liquid crystal alignment ability; a liquid crystal alignment agent for a retardation film useful for making a liquid crystal alignment film using the method is proposed (for example, refer to Patent Document 7).

[現有技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利第4052307號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent No. 4052307

[專利文獻2]日本專利特開2000-44683號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-44683

[專利文獻3]日本專利第4924832號公報 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent No. 4924832

[專利文獻4]日本專利特開2011-207786號公報 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-207786

[專利文獻5]日本專利特開2012-155311號公報 [Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-155311

[專利文獻6]日本專利第5130907公報 [Patent Document 6] Japanese Patent No. 5130907

[專利文獻7]日本專利特開2012-37868號公報 [Patent Document 7] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-37868

然而,在使用專利文獻1的液晶配向劑的情況下,液晶 顯示元件中直流(direct current,DC)殘留緩和不充分,存在至殘像消失為止的時間長的傾向。另外,包含將具有多個二苯基胺單元的二胺用作單體的聚合物的現有液晶配向劑中,雖然DC殘留緩和的性能得到改善,但芳香族濃度上升,因此存在液晶配向膜的透射率低等缺點。另外,作為對液晶顯示元件的對比度帶來影響的特性之一的交流(Alternating Current,AC)殘像性能不充分,並且不能平衡性良好地具備各種特性。另外,隨著近年來的液晶顯示元件的多用途化,液晶顯示元件被設想為用於更嚴酷的狀況下,且要求耐熱性優異的液晶顯示元件。 However, in the case of using the liquid crystal alignment agent of Patent Document 1, the liquid crystal The direct current (DC) residual in the display element is not sufficiently alleviated, and there is a tendency for a long time until the residual image disappears. In addition, in the existing liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polymer using diamine having a plurality of diphenylamine units as a monomer, although the DC residual mitigation performance is improved, the aromatic concentration increases, so there is a problem of the liquid crystal alignment film Disadvantages such as low transmittance. In addition, AC (Alternating Current) residual image performance, which is one of the characteristics that affect the contrast of the liquid crystal display element, is insufficient, and various characteristics cannot be provided with good balance. In addition, with the diversification of liquid crystal display elements in recent years, liquid crystal display elements are conceived to be used in more severe conditions and are required to be excellent in heat resistance.

液晶顯示器是通過將形成有液晶配向膜的一對基板進行對向配置,在所述對向配置的一對基板間配置液晶來製造。此時,使用環氧樹脂等密封劑將一對基板貼合。此處,在智能手機或平板電腦所代表的觸摸面板式的顯示面板中,為了進一步擴大觸摸面板的可動面積,且兼顧液晶面板(元件)的小型化,而嘗試實現窄框化。隨著所述液晶面板的窄框化,有在密封劑周邊視認到顯示不均的情況,在顯示品質的方面無法充分地令人滿意。為了實現液晶顯示器的高精細化、高壽命化,而要求難以視認到所述密封劑周邊的顯示不均(耐邊框(bezel)不均性高)的液晶顯示元件。 The liquid crystal display is manufactured by arranging a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed facing each other, and disposing liquid crystals between the pair of facing substrates. At this time, the pair of substrates are bonded together using a sealant such as epoxy resin. Here, in the touch panel type display panel represented by a smartphone or a tablet computer, in order to further expand the movable area of the touch panel and to take into account the miniaturization of the liquid crystal panel (element), an attempt is made to achieve a narrow frame. With the narrowing of the frame of the liquid crystal panel, uneven display may be visually recognized around the sealant, and the display quality may not be sufficiently satisfactory. In order to achieve high definition and long life of the liquid crystal display, a liquid crystal display element in which display unevenness (high bezel unevenness resistance) around the sealant is hard to be recognized is required.

本發明是鑒於所述課題而形成,目的之一為提供一種用以獲得液晶顯示元件的液晶配向劑,所述液晶顯示元件的液晶配向膜的透射性良好,密封劑周邊的顯示不均少,且平衡性良好地 兼具殘像特性、高對比度、耐熱性等各種特性。 The present invention is made in view of the above-mentioned problems, and one of the objects is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent for obtaining a liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal alignment film of the liquid crystal display element has good transmittance and has less display unevenness around the sealant. And well-balanced It has various characteristics such as after-image characteristics, high contrast, and heat resistance.

本發明者為了達成如上所述的現有技術的課題而進行積極研究,發現通過使具有特定結構的聚合物作為聚合物成分而包含於液晶配向劑中,能夠解決所述課題,從而完成本發明。具體而言,由本發明來提供以下的液晶配向劑、液晶配向膜、液晶顯示元件、相位差膜、相位差膜的製造方法、聚合物以及化合物。 The inventors of the present invention actively studied in order to achieve the above-mentioned problems of the prior art, and found that by including a polymer having a specific structure as a polymer component in a liquid crystal alignment agent, the problem can be solved, thereby completing the present invention. Specifically, the present invention provides the following liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, retardation film, retardation film manufacturing method, polymer, and compound.

本發明的其中一方面為提供一種液晶配向劑,其含有將選自由化合物(C)、以及化合物(C1)所組成的組群中的至少一種化合物(C')用於反應而獲得的聚合物(P),所述化合物(C)具有下述結構(a)及下述結構(b),所述化合物(C1)具有下述結構(a)及下述結構(b1)且在所述結構(a)中的芳香族環基上未鍵結有參與聚合的反應性基。 One aspect of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polymer obtained by reacting at least one compound (C') selected from the group consisting of compound (C) and compound (C1) (P), the compound (C) has the following structure (a) and the following structure (b), the compound (C1) has the following structure (a) and the following structure (b1), and is in the structure The aromatic ring group in (a) is not bonded with a reactive group participating in polymerization.

(a)2個或3個芳香族環基鍵結於同一氮原子上而成的芳香族胺結構。 (a) An aromatic amine structure in which two or three aromatic ring groups are bonded to the same nitrogen atom.

(b)選自由碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基、以及將該鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-(R為氫原子或1價有機基)取代而成的2價基所組成的組群中的鏈狀結構。 (b) Selected from a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and at least one methylene group in the chain hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -NRCO- , -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2- (R is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group) substituted with a chain structure in the group consisting of divalent groups.

(b1)選自由碳數1~5的2價鏈狀烴基、將該鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR3-、-NR3CO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的2價基、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR3CO-(R3 為氫原子或1價有機基)、-COO-、-COS-、以及-Si(CH3)2-所組成的組群中的結構。 (b1) Selected from a bivalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and at least one methylene group in the chain hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR 3 -, -NR 3 CO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -substituted divalent groups, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR 3 CO- (R 3 is hydrogen Atom or monovalent organic group), -COO-, -COS-, and -Si(CH 3 ) 2-

本發明的另一方面為提供一種使用所述液晶配向劑而形成的液晶配向膜。另外,提供一種包括所述液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件以及包括所述液晶配向膜的相位差膜。進而,另一方為提供一種相位差膜的製造方法,其包括:將所述液晶配向劑塗布於基板上而形成塗膜的步驟;對該塗膜進行光照射的步驟;以及在所述經光照射後的塗膜上塗布聚合性液晶並使其硬化的步驟。 Another aspect of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent. In addition, a liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment film and a retardation film including the liquid crystal alignment film are provided. Furthermore, the other is to provide a method for manufacturing a retardation film, which includes: a step of coating the liquid crystal alignment agent on a substrate to form a coating film; a step of irradiating the coating film with light; The step of applying polymerizable liquid crystal to the irradiated coating film and curing it.

本發明的另一方面為提供下述式(1-1)所表示的化合物、下述式(1-2)所表示的化合物、以及下述式(1-3)所表示的化合物。另外,提供選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯亞胺所組成的組群中的聚合物,所述聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯亞胺是將選自由四羧酸二酐、四羧酸二酯化合物及四羧酸二酯二鹵化物所組成的組群中的至少一種化合物,與包含選自由下述式(1-1)所表示的化合物、下述式(1-2)所表示的化合物及下述式(1-3)所表示的化合物所組成的組群中的至少一種的二胺用於反應而獲得。 Another aspect of the present invention is to provide a compound represented by the following formula (1-1), a compound represented by the following formula (1-2), and a compound represented by the following formula (1-3). In addition, a polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamide, polyamide, and polyimide is provided. The polyamide, polyamide, and polyimide are selected At least one compound selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetracarboxylic acid diester compound, and tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide, and a compound selected from the group consisting of the following formula (1-1), The compound represented by the following formula (1-2) and the diamine of at least one of the group consisting of the compound represented by the following formula (1-3) are used for reaction, and are obtained.

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0006-1
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0006-1

(式(1-1)中,A1及A3分別獨立地為氫原子或1價有機基,A2及A4分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;B1及B2分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;其中,在B1為單鍵的情況下,A1及A2的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B1為2價有機基的情況下,A1、A2及B1中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;B2為單鍵的情況下,A3及A4的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B2為2價有機基的情況下,A3、A4及B2中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;L11為包含將碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-(R為氫原子或1價有機基)取代而成的基團的2價基;其中,在L11具有碳數1~5的烷二基的情況下,A1及A3的至少任一者為氫原子,或者B1及B2的至少任一者為2價有機基) (In formula (1-1), A 1 and A 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 2 and A 4 are each independently a single bond or a divalent organic group; B 1 and B 2 are each independently Ground is a single bond or a divalent organic group; among them, when B 1 is a single bond, at least one of A 1 and A 2 is an aromatic ring and is bonded to a nitrogen atom, and B 1 is a divalent organic group In the case of A 1 , A 2 and B 1 , at least two of A 1 , A 2 and B 1 are aromatic rings and are bonded to the nitrogen atom; when B 2 is a single bond, at least one of A 3 and A 4 is an aromatic ring. It is bonded to a nitrogen atom, and when B 2 is a divalent organic group, at least two of A 3 , A 4 and B 2 are aromatic rings and are bonded to the nitrogen atom; L 11 includes a carbon number 6 or more At least one methylene group in the bivalent chain hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -(R is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group) a divalent group substituted with a group; wherein, when L 11 has an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, at least any of A 1 and A 3 One is a hydrogen atom, or at least one of B 1 and B 2 is a divalent organic group)

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0007-2
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0007-2

(式(1-2)中,L12為包含碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基的2價基;A1、A2、A3、A4、B1及B2是與所述式(1-1)相同含義;其中,在L12為碳數6~10的烷二基的情況下,A1及A3的至少任一者為1價有機基,或者B1及B2的至少任一者為2價有機基) (In formula (1-2), L 12 is a divalent group containing a divalent chain hydrocarbon group with 6 or more carbon atoms; A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , B 1 and B 2 are the same as those in the formula (1-1) The same meaning; where, when L 12 is an alkanediyl group having 6 to 10 carbons, at least one of A 1 and A 3 is a monovalent organic group, or a combination of B 1 and B 2 At least any one is a divalent organic group)

[化3]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0008-3
[化3]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0008-3

(式(1-3)中,A7為氫原子或1價有機基,A8及A9分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;其中,A7、A8及A9中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;L4為所述結構(b1),L5為單鍵或2價有機基) (In formula (1-3), A 7 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 8 and A 9 are each independently a single bond or a divalent organic group; wherein, at least 2 of A 7 , A 8 and A 9 One is an aromatic ring and is bonded to a nitrogen atom; L 4 is the structure (b1), L 5 is a single bond or a divalent organic group)

利用含有所述聚合物(P)作為聚合物成分的液晶配向劑,能夠獲得密封劑周邊的顯示不均少,且平衡性良好地兼具低殘像、高對比度及耐熱性等各種特性的液晶顯示元件。另外,能夠獲得透射性良好的液晶配向膜。另外,進而,所述聚合物(P)對溶劑的溶解性良好,液晶配向劑的保存穩定性也良好。 Using the liquid crystal alignment agent containing the polymer (P) as a polymer component, it is possible to obtain a liquid crystal that has less display unevenness around the sealant, and has a good balance of low residual image, high contrast, and heat resistance. Display components. In addition, a liquid crystal alignment film with good transmittance can be obtained. In addition, the polymer (P) has good solubility in solvents, and the storage stability of the liquid crystal alignment agent is also good.

10‧‧‧液晶顯示元件 10‧‧‧LCD display element

11a、11b‧‧‧玻璃基板 11a, 11b‧‧‧glass substrate

12‧‧‧液晶配向膜 12‧‧‧LCD alignment film

13‧‧‧頂部電極 13‧‧‧Top electrode

14‧‧‧絕緣層 14‧‧‧Insulation layer

15‧‧‧底部電極 15‧‧‧Bottom electrode

16‧‧‧液晶層 16‧‧‧Liquid crystal layer

C1‧‧‧由虛線包圍的部分 C1‧‧‧The part enclosed by the dotted line

d1‧‧‧電極的線寬 d1‧‧‧Line width of electrode

d2‧‧‧電極間的距離 d2‧‧‧The distance between the electrodes

圖1是FFS型液晶單元的概略構成圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of an FFS type liquid crystal cell.

圖2(a)及圖2(b)是利用光配向法來製造液晶顯示元件時所使用的頂部電極的平面示意圖。圖2(a)為頂部電極的俯視圖,圖2(b)為頂部電極的部分放大圖。 2(a) and FIG. 2(b) are schematic plan views of the top electrode used when the liquid crystal display element is manufactured by the photo-alignment method. Fig. 2(a) is a top view of the top electrode, and Fig. 2(b) is a partially enlarged view of the top electrode.

圖3是表示4系統的驅動電極的圖。 Fig. 3 is a diagram showing four systems of drive electrodes.

圖4(a)及圖4(b)是通過摩擦處理來製造液晶顯示元件時所使用的頂部電極的平面示意圖。圖4(a)為頂部電極的俯視圖,圖4(b)為頂部電極的部分放大圖。 4(a) and 4(b) are schematic plan views of top electrodes used when manufacturing liquid crystal display elements by rubbing treatment. Fig. 4(a) is a top view of the top electrode, and Fig. 4(b) is a partially enlarged view of the top electrode.

以下,對本發明的液晶配向劑中所含的各成分、以及視需要而任意調配的其他成分進行說明。 Hereinafter, each component contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention and other components optionally blended as necessary will be described.

<聚合物(P)> <Polymer (P)>

本發明的液晶配向劑包含將選自由化合物(C)及化合物(C1)所組成的組群中的至少一種化合物(C')用於反應而獲得的聚合物(P)作為聚合物成分,所述化合物(C)具有所述結構(a)及所述結構(b),所述化合物(C1)具有所述結構(a)及所述結構(b1)且在所述結構(a)中的芳香族環基上未鍵結有參與聚合的反應性基。此外,以下,將所述結構(a)也稱為“芳香族胺結構(a)”,將所述結構(b)也稱為“鏈狀結構(b)”。 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention includes a polymer (P) obtained by reacting at least one compound (C') selected from the group consisting of compound (C) and compound (C1) as a polymer component, and The compound (C) has the structure (a) and the structure (b), the compound (C1) has the structure (a) and the structure (b1), and is in the structure (a) No reactive group participating in polymerization is bonded to the aromatic ring group. In addition, below, the structure (a) is also referred to as "aromatic amine structure (a)", and the structure (b) is also referred to as "chain structure (b)".

.化合物(C) . Compound (C) (芳香族胺結構(a)) (Aromatic amine structure (a))

所述化合物(C)所具有的芳香族胺結構(a)為2個或3個芳香族環基鍵結於同一氮原子上而成的結構。芳香族環基只要是自芳香族環的環部分中去除氫原子而成的基團即可,具體而言,例如可列舉自苯環、甲苯環、萘環、蒽環等芳香族烴環,吡啶環、嘧啶環、吡嗪環、噠嗪環、三嗪環等芳香族雜環等芳香族環中的 環部分中去除氫原子而成的基團等。這些基團中,就與液晶的親和性良好的觀點而言,優選為苯環。 The aromatic amine structure (a) of the compound (C) is a structure in which two or three aromatic ring groups are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. The aromatic ring group may be a group obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from the ring portion of an aromatic ring. Specifically, examples include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as a benzene ring, a toluene ring, a naphthalene ring, and an anthracene ring. Among the aromatic rings such as pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring and other aromatic heterocycles The group formed by removing the hydrogen atom from the ring part, etc. Among these groups, a benzene ring is preferable from the viewpoint of good affinity with liquid crystal.

所述化合物(C)的分子內的芳香族胺結構(a)的數量為1個或2個以上,就提高殘留DC緩和的性能的觀點而言,優選為2個以上。另外,就液晶配向膜的透射率及聚合物的溶解性的觀點而言,更優選為2個~4個,尤其優選為2個或3個。 The number of the aromatic amine structure (a) in the molecule of the compound (C) is 1 or 2 or more, and from the viewpoint of improving the performance of the residual DC mitigation, it is preferably 2 or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of the transmittance of the liquid crystal alignment film and the solubility of the polymer, two to four are more preferable, and two or three are particularly preferable.

(鏈狀結構(b)) (Chain structure (b))

所述化合物(C)所具有的鏈狀結構(b)為碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基,或者是將碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-(R為氫原子或1價有機基)取代而成的基團。 The chain structure (b) of the compound (C) is a divalent chain hydrocarbon group with 6 or more carbons, or at least one methylene group in a divalent chain hydrocarbon group with 6 or more carbons is- O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2- (R is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group) substituted Group.

所述鏈狀結構(b)中的2價鏈狀烴基,是指在主鏈上不含環狀結構,而是僅由直鏈狀或分支狀的鏈狀結構來構成的烴基。所述鏈狀結構(b)中的2價鏈狀烴基只要為碳數6以上即可,其具體例例如可列舉:己二基、庚二基、辛二基、壬二基、癸二基、十二烷二基、十四烷二基、二十烷二基等碳數6~30的飽和狀烴基;碳數6~30的飽和狀烴基的至少1個碳-碳鍵為雙鍵或三鍵的碳數6~30的不飽和烴基等。這些烴基可以是直鏈狀,也可以是分支狀,優選為直鏈狀。 The bivalent chain hydrocarbon group in the chain structure (b) refers to a hydrocarbon group that does not contain a cyclic structure in the main chain, but is composed of only a linear or branched chain structure. The divalent chain hydrocarbon group in the chain structure (b) has only to have 6 or more carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include hexadiyl, heptanediyl, octanediyl, nonanediyl, and decanediyl. , Dodecanediyl, tetradecanediyl, eicosanediyl and other saturated hydrocarbon groups with 6 to 30 carbons; at least one carbon-carbon bond of the saturated hydrocarbon group with 6 to 30 carbons is a double bond or Unsaturated hydrocarbon groups with 6 to 30 carbon atoms in triple bonds, etc. These hydrocarbon groups may be linear or branched, and are preferably linear.

在所述鏈狀結構(b)為碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基的情況下,該鏈狀烴基的碳數優選為6~30,更優選為6~20。 When the chain structure (b) is a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms, the chain hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

在所述鏈狀結構(b)是將碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基中 的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-(R為氫原子或1價有機基)取代而成的基團的情況下,該取代的數量可以是1個,也可以是多個,可根據碳數來適當設定。將亞甲基取代為所述官能基之前的碳數優選為6~30,更優選為7~20。 In the chain structure (b), at least one methylene group in a bivalent chain hydrocarbon group with 6 or more carbon atoms is used as -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2- (R is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group) in the case of a group substituted, the number of substitutions may be one or more It can be set appropriately according to the carbon number. The number of carbons before the methylene group is substituted with the functional group is preferably 6-30, and more preferably 7-20.

所述R的1價有機基例如可列舉:烷基或烯基等碳數1~5的鏈狀烴基,以及在碳數1~5的鏈狀烴基的碳-碳鍵間具有-O-、-CO-等的基團,胺基的保護基等。胺基的保護基的具體例例如可列舉:第三丁氧基羰基、苄基氧基羰基、1,1-二甲基-2-鹵代乙基氧基羰基、1,1-二甲基-2-氰基乙基氧基羰基、9-芴基甲基氧基羰基、烯丙基氧基羰基、2-(三甲基矽烷基)乙氧基羰基等,優選為第三丁氧基羰基。 The monovalent organic group of R includes, for example, a chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, and a chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms having -O-, -CO- and other groups, protecting groups for amine groups, etc. Specific examples of the protecting group of the amino group include, for example, tertiary butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-haloethyloxycarbonyl, 1,1-dimethyl -2-cyanoethyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxycarbonyl, etc., preferably tertiary butoxy Carbonyl.

所述化合物(C)的分子內的所述鏈狀結構(b)的數量可以是1個,也可以是2個以上。優選為1個~5個,更優選為1個~3個。另外,化合物(C)優選為在化合物(C)的主鏈、具體而言為化合物中最長的碳鏈(在具有官能基的情況下為包含該官能基的最長碳鏈)上具有芳香族胺結構(a)以及鏈狀結構(b)。 The number of the chain structure (b) in the molecule of the compound (C) may be one or two or more. Preferably it is 1 to 5, More preferably, it is 1 to 3. In addition, the compound (C) preferably has an aromatic amine on the main chain of the compound (C), specifically the longest carbon chain in the compound (if it has a functional group, the longest carbon chain including the functional group) Structure (a) and chain structure (b).

就降低液晶配向膜的表面凹凸性的方面而言,所述化合物(C)的分子量優選為1,200以下。因此,優選為以化合物(C)的分子量在所述範圍內的方式來設定所述芳香族胺結構(a)的數量以及所述鏈狀結構(b)的鏈長。更優選為分子量為1,000以下,尤其優選為800以下。 In terms of reducing the surface unevenness of the liquid crystal alignment film, the molecular weight of the compound (C) is preferably 1,200 or less. Therefore, it is preferable to set the number of the aromatic amine structure (a) and the chain length of the chain structure (b) so that the molecular weight of the compound (C) is within the above range. More preferably, the molecular weight is 1,000 or less, and particularly preferably 800 or less.

.化合物(C1) . Compound (C1)

所述化合物(C1)具有所述芳香族胺結構(a)及所述結構(b1)。其中,化合物(C1)中,在芳香族胺結構(a)中的芳香族環基中未鍵結有參與聚合的反應性基。所述反應性基根據聚合物(P)的主骨架而不同,例如在聚合物(P)的主骨架為聚醯胺酸或者聚醯亞胺的情況下,所述反應性基為酸酐基或者一級胺基,在聚酯的情況下,所述反應性基為羥基或者羧基,在聚醯胺的情況下,所述反應性基為羧基或者一級胺基。 The compound (C1) has the aromatic amine structure (a) and the structure (b1). Among them, in the compound (C1), no reactive group participating in polymerization is bonded to the aromatic ring group in the aromatic amine structure (a). The reactive group differs according to the main skeleton of the polymer (P). For example, when the main skeleton of the polymer (P) is polyamide acid or polyimide, the reactive group is an acid anhydride group or For the primary amine group, in the case of polyester, the reactive group is a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group, and in the case of polyamide, the reactive group is a carboxyl group or a primary amine group.

化合物(C1)所具有的芳香族胺結構(a)的芳香族環的說明可應用化合物(C)的說明。化合物(C1)的一分子內中的芳香族胺結構(a)優選為1個。 The description of the aromatic ring of the aromatic amine structure (a) possessed by the compound (C1) can be applied to the description of the compound (C). There is preferably one aromatic amine structure (a) in one molecule of the compound (C1).

化合物(C1)所具有的結構(b1)為選自由碳數1~5的2價鏈狀烴基、將該鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR3-、-NR3CO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的2價基、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR3CO-、-COO-、-COS-、以及-Si(CH3)2-(R3為氫原子或1價有機基)所組成的組群中的結構。此外,化合物(C1)可在分子內僅具有這些結構中的1種,也可以在分子內具有2種以上。 The structure (b1) of the compound (C1) is selected from a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and at least one methylene group in the chain hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CO -, -NR 3 -, -NR 3 CO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -Substituted divalent group, -O-, -S-, -CO-,- A structure in the group consisting of NR 3 CO-, -COO-, -COS-, and -Si(CH 3 ) 2- (R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group). In addition, the compound (C1) may have only one type of these structures in the molecule, or may have two or more types in the molecule.

所述結構(b1)中的碳數1~5的2價鏈狀烴基的具體例例如可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、丙二基、丁二基、戊二基、亞乙烯基、丙烯二基、丁烯二基、戊烯二基等。這些烴基可以是直鏈狀,也可以是分支狀,優選為直鏈狀。 Specific examples of the bivalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in the structure (b1) include, for example, methylene, ethylene, propanediyl, butanediyl, pentadiyl, vinylene, Propylene diyl, butylene diyl, pentenediyl, etc. These hydrocarbon groups may be linear or branched, and are preferably linear.

在所述結構(b1)為將碳數1~5的2價鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR3-、-NR3CO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的2價基的情況下,該取代的數量可以是1個,也可以是多個,可根據碳數來適當設定。R3的1價有機基的說明可應用化合物(C)的R的說明。 In the structure (b1), at least one methylene group in a bivalent chain hydrocarbon group with 1 to 5 carbon atoms is used as -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR 3 -, -NR 3 CO -, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -In the case of a divalent group substituted by -, the number of substitutions may be one or more, and it may be appropriate according to the number of carbons set up. The description of the monovalent organic group of R 3 can be applied to the description of R of the compound (C).

化合物(C1)的分子內的所述結構(b1)的數量可以是1個,也可以是2個以上。優選為2個以上,特別優選為2個。化合物(C1)的分子量可應用所述化合物(C)的說明。 The number of the structure (b1) in the molecule of the compound (C1) may be one or two or more. It is preferably two or more, and particularly preferably two. The description of the compound (C) can be applied to the molecular weight of the compound (C1).

所述聚合物(P)的主骨架例如可列舉包含聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯、聚酯、聚醯胺、聚矽氧烷、聚有機矽氧烷、纖維素衍生物、聚縮醛衍生物、聚苯乙烯衍生物、聚(苯乙烯-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺)衍生物、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯衍生物等的骨架。所述聚合物(P)可根據液晶配向劑的用途等,適當選擇選自這些中的聚合物的1種或2種以上來使用。此外,(甲基)丙烯酸酯是指包含丙烯酸酯以及甲基丙烯酸酯。聚合物(P)可在聚合物的主鏈及側鏈的任一者上具有所述芳香族胺結構(a)、及所述鏈狀結構(b)或結構(b1),優選為在聚合物的主鏈上具有所述結構。 The main skeleton of the polymer (P) includes, for example, polyamide, polyimide, polyamide, polyester, polyamide, polysiloxane, polyorganosiloxane, and cellulose. Derivatives, polyacetal derivatives, polystyrene derivatives, poly(styrene-phenylmaleimide) derivatives, poly(meth)acrylate derivatives, etc. The polymer (P) can be used by appropriately selecting one kind or two or more kinds selected from these polymers according to the use of the liquid crystal alignment agent and the like. In addition, (meth)acrylate means to include acrylate and methacrylate. The polymer (P) may have the aromatic amine structure (a) and the chain structure (b) or structure (b1) in any of the main chain and the side chain of the polymer, and is preferably polymerized. The main chain of the substance has the structure.

其中,聚合物(P)的主骨架優選為選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及聚醯胺酸酯所組成的組群中的至少一種,更優選為選自由在主鏈上具有所述芳香族胺結構(a)、及所述鏈狀結構(b)或結構(b1)的聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及聚醯胺酸酯所組成的組群中的至少一種。所述聚合物(P)優選為將所述化合物(C')用於單體而 獲得的聚合物。 Among them, the main skeleton of the polymer (P) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of polyamide acid, polyimide, and polyamide ester, and more preferably selected from the group consisting of polyamide acid, polyimide, and polyamide ester. At least one of the aromatic amine structure (a) and the chain structure (b) or the structure (b1) consisting of polyamide acid, polyimide, and polyamide ester. The polymer (P) preferably uses the compound (C') as a monomer and The obtained polymer.

此處,本發明中的所謂聚合物的“主鏈”,是指聚合物中包含最長的原子鏈的“幹”部分。此外,容許該“幹”部分包含環結構。因此,所謂“在聚合物的主鏈上具有所述芳香族胺結構(a)、及所述鏈狀結構(b)或結構(b1)”,是指這些結構構成主鏈的一部分。其中,聚合物(P)中,並不排除所述芳香族胺結構(a)、所述鏈狀結構(b)及結構(b1)也存在於主鏈以外的部分,例如側鏈(自聚合物的“幹”上分支的部分)上的情況。 Here, the "main chain" of the polymer in the present invention refers to the "dry" part containing the longest chain of atoms in the polymer. In addition, it is permissible that the "dry" part includes a ring structure. Therefore, the phrase "having the aromatic amine structure (a) and the chain structure (b) or structure (b1) in the main chain of the polymer" means that these structures constitute a part of the main chain. Among them, in the polymer (P), it is not excluded that the aromatic amine structure (a), the chain structure (b) and the structure (b1) also exist in parts other than the main chain, such as side chains (self-polymerizing On the branched part of the “stem” of the object).

[聚醯胺酸(P)] [Polyamic acid (P)]

在所述聚合物(P)為聚醯胺酸(以下也稱為“聚醯胺酸(P)”)的情況下,例如可通過使四羧酸二酐與二胺進行反應而獲得。 When the polymer (P) is polyamide (hereinafter also referred to as "polyamide (P)"), for example, it can be obtained by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine.

(四羧酸二酐) (Tetracarboxylic dianhydride)

用於合成所述聚醯胺酸(P)的四羧酸二酐例如可列舉:脂肪族四羧酸二酐、脂環式四羧酸二酐、芳香族四羧酸二酐等。作為這些四羧酸二酐的具體例,脂肪族四羧酸二酐例如可列舉:丁烷四羧酸二酐等;脂環式四羧酸二酐例如可列舉:1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-8-甲基-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、3-氧雜雙環[3.2.1]辛烷-2,4-二酮-6-螺環-3'-(四氫呋喃-2',5'-二酮)、5-(2,5-二氧代四氫-3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,5,6-三羧 基-2-羧基甲基降冰片烷-2:3,5:6-二酐、雙環[3.3.0]辛烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸2:4,6:8-二酐、雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸2:3,5:6-二酐、4,9-二氧雜三環[5.3.1.02,6]十一烷-3,5,8,10-四酮、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐、雙環[2.2.2]辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、乙二胺四乙酸二酐、環戊烷四羧酸二酐、乙二醇雙(偏苯三甲酸酐酯)(ethylene glycol bis(anhydrotrimellitate))、1,3-丙二醇雙(偏苯三甲酸酐酯)(1,3-propylene glycol bis(anhydrotrimellitate))等;芳香族四羧酸二酐例如可列舉:均苯四甲酸二酐等;除此以外,可使用日本專利特開2010-97188號公報中記載的四羧酸二酐。此外,用於合成聚醯胺酸的四羧酸二酐可將這些化合物的1種單獨使用或者將2種以上組合使用。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for synthesizing the polyamide acid (P) include aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. As a specific example of these tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include, for example, butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, etc.; examples of alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include: 1,2,3,4 -Cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic dianhydride, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5- Dioxo-3-furyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-8-methyl-5- (Tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2 ,4-Dione-6-spiro-3'-(tetrahydrofuran-2',5'-dione), 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furyl)-3-methyl -3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxymethylnorbornane-2:3,5:6-dianhydride, bicyclo[3.3.0] Octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid 2:4,6:8-dianhydride, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid 2:3,5 :6-dianhydride, 4,9-dioxatricyclo[5.3.1.0 2,6 ]undecane-3,5,8,10-tetraone, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetra Carboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, ethylenediaminetetraacetic dianhydride, cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, ethylenedi Ethylene glycol bis(anhydrotrimellitate), 1,3-propylene glycol bis(anhydrotrimellitate), etc.; aromatic tetracarboxylic acid Examples of the dianhydride include pyromellitic dianhydride. In addition to these, tetracarboxylic dianhydride described in JP 2010-97188 A can be used. In addition, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of polyamide acid may be used alone or in combination of two or more of these compounds.

就可使液晶配向性及對溶劑的溶解性良好的方面而言,用於合成所述聚醯胺酸(P)的四羧酸二酐優選為包含選自由1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-8-甲基-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、3-氧雜雙環[3.2.1]辛烷-2,4-二酮-6-螺環-3'-(四氫呋喃-2',5'-二酮)、5-(2,5-二氧代四氫-3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧基降冰片烷-2:3,5:6-二酐、4,9-二氧雜三環[5.3.1.02,6]十一烷-3,5,8,10-四酮、雙環[3.3.0]辛烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸二酐、乙二胺四乙酸二酐、環戊烷四羧酸二酐、1,3-丙二醇雙(偏苯三甲酸酐酯)以及均苯四甲酸二酐所組成的 組群中的至少一種化合物(以下也稱為“特定四羧酸二酐”)。相對於用於合成聚醯胺酸的四羧酸二酐的總量,該特定四羧酸二酐的使用量優選為設為5莫耳%以上,更優選為設為10莫耳%以上,特別優選為設為20莫耳%以上。 The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for synthesizing the polyamide acid (P) preferably contains a tetracarboxylic dianhydride selected from the group consisting of 1,2,3,4-rings in terms of allowing good liquid crystal alignment and solubility in solvents. Butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic dianhydride, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxide -3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-8-methyl-5-(tetra Hydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2,4 -Diketone-6-spiro-3'-(tetrahydrofuran-2',5'-dione), 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furyl)-3-methyl-3 -Cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxynorbornane-2:3,5:6-dianhydride, 4,9-dioxatricyclic [ 5.3.1.0 2,6 ]Undecane-3,5,8,10-tetraketone, bicyclo[3.3.0]octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid At least one compound in the group consisting of dianhydride, cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,3-propanediol bis(trimellitic acid anhydride) and pyromellitic dianhydride (hereinafter also referred to as "specific four Carboxylic dianhydride"). Relative to the total amount of tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for the synthesis of polyamide acid, the usage amount of the specific tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, It is particularly preferable to set it as 20 mol% or more.

(二胺) (Diamine)

用於合成所述聚醯胺酸(P)的二胺優選為包含選自由具有所述芳香族胺結構(a)及所述鏈狀結構(b)的二胺(以下也稱為“二胺(C)”)、以及具有所述結構(a1)及所述結構(b1)的化合物(C1)所組成的組群中的至少一種化合物(C')。 The diamine used for synthesizing the polyamide acid (P) preferably contains a diamine selected from the group having the aromatic amine structure (a) and the chain structure (b) (hereinafter also referred to as "diamine (C)"), and at least one compound (C') in the group consisting of the compound (C1) having the structure (a1) and the structure (b1).

.二胺(C) . Diamine (C)

二胺(C)優選為具有可將所述芳香族胺結構(a)及所述鏈狀結構(b)導入至聚合物(P)的主鏈中的結構,具體而言,優選為下述式(1)所表示的化合物。 The diamine (C) preferably has a structure capable of introducing the aromatic amine structure (a) and the chain structure (b) into the main chain of the polymer (P). Specifically, the following is preferable The compound represented by formula (1).

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0016-4
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0016-4

(式(1)中,A1及A3分別獨立地為氫原子或1價有機基,A2及A4分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;B1及B2分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;其中,在B1為單鍵的情況下,A1及A2的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B1為2價有機基的情況下, A1、A2及B1中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;在B2為單鍵的情況下,A3及A4的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B2為2價有機基的情況下,A3、A4及B2中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;L1為包含所述結構(b)的2價基) (In formula (1), A 1 and A 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 2 and A 4 are each independently a single bond or a divalent organic group; B 1 and B 2 are each independently A single bond or a divalent organic group; among them, when B 1 is a single bond, at least one of A 1 and A 2 is an aromatic ring bonded to a nitrogen atom, and when B 1 is a divalent organic group Below, at least two of A 1 , A 2 and B 1 are bonded to a nitrogen atom by an aromatic ring; when B 2 is a single bond, at least one of A 3 and A 4 is bonded by an aromatic ring Bonded to a nitrogen atom, when B 2 is a divalent organic group, at least two of A 3 , A 4 and B 2 are aromatic rings and are bonded to the nitrogen atom; L 1 includes the structure (b) Base)

關於所述式(1),A1及A3中的1價有機基例如可列舉:1價烴基,在1價烴基中的碳-碳鍵間導入-O-、-COO-、-CO-、-NHCO-、-S-、-NH-等官能基而成的1價基,以及胺基的保護基等。此外,A1及A3中,所述烴基的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等)或羥基等所取代。胺基的保護基的具體例可列舉鏈狀結構(b)的R的說明中所例示的基團。優選為第三丁氧基羰基。 Regarding the formula (1), the monovalent organic groups in A 1 and A 3 include, for example, a monovalent hydrocarbon group, in which -O-, -COO-, -CO- are introduced between the carbon-carbon bonds in the monovalent hydrocarbon group , -NHCO-, -S-, -NH- and other functional groups formed by monovalent groups, as well as protecting groups for amine groups, etc. In addition, in A 1 and A 3 , the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom of the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.) or a hydroxyl group. Specific examples of the protective group of the amino group include the groups exemplified in the description of R of the chain structure (b). Preferably it is a tertiary butoxycarbonyl group.

所述烴基可列舉鏈狀烴基、脂環式烴基以及芳香族烴基。此處,本說明書中所謂“鏈狀烴基”如上所述。所謂“脂環式烴基”,是指僅包含脂環式烴的結構作為環結構,而不包含芳香環結構的烴基。其中,不需要僅由脂環式烴的結構來構成,也包含在其一部分中具有鏈狀結構的烴基。另外,所謂“芳香族烴基”,是指包含芳香環結構作為環結構的烴基。其中,不需要僅由芳香環結構來構成,在其一部分中也包含鏈狀結構或脂環式烴的結構。 Examples of the hydrocarbon group include chain hydrocarbon groups, alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. Here, the "chain hydrocarbon group" in this specification is as described above. The "alicyclic hydrocarbon group" refers to a hydrocarbon group containing only an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure as a ring structure and not an aromatic ring structure. However, it does not need to be composed only of the structure of an alicyclic hydrocarbon, and a hydrocarbon group having a chain structure in a part thereof is also included. In addition, the "aromatic hydrocarbon group" refers to a hydrocarbon group containing an aromatic ring structure as a ring structure. However, it does not need to be composed only of an aromatic ring structure, and a chain structure or alicyclic hydrocarbon structure is also included in a part thereof.

作為A1及A3中的1價烴基的具體例,鏈狀烴基例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十四烷基、二十烷基等碳數1~30的烷基; 乙烯基、丙烯基、丁烯基等碳數2~30的烯基;乙炔基、丙炔基等碳數2~30的炔基等;這些烴基可以是直鏈狀,也可以是分支狀。另外,脂環式烴基例如可列舉:環戊基、環己基、降冰片基、金剛烷基等;芳香族烴基例如可列舉:苯基、甲苯基、苄基、苯乙基等。 As a specific example of the monovalent hydrocarbon group in A 1 and A 3 , the chain hydrocarbon group includes, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, and decyl. , Dodecyl, tetradecyl, eicosyl and other C1-C30 alkyl groups; vinyl, propenyl, butenyl and other C2-C30 alkenyl groups; ethynyl, propynyl Such as alkynyl groups with 2 to 30 carbon atoms, etc.; these hydrocarbon groups may be linear or branched. In addition, examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, adamantyl, etc.; examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include phenyl, tolyl, benzyl, and phenethyl.

A2、A4、B1及B2中的2價有機基例如可列舉:2價烴基,在2價烴基中的碳-碳鍵間導入-O-、-COO-、-CO-、-NHCO-、-S-、-NH-等官能基而成的2價基等,這些各基團的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經鹵素原子或羥基等所取代。2價烴基的具體例可列舉自所述1價烴基中所例示的各基團中去除1個氫原子而成的基團等。此外,所述式(1)所表示的化合物中,所述式(1)中的包圍氮原子的結構與所述芳香族胺結構(a)相對應。 The divalent organic groups in A 2 , A 4 , B 1 and B 2 include, for example, a divalent hydrocarbon group, in which -O-, -COO-, -CO-,-are introduced between the carbon-carbon bonds in the divalent hydrocarbon group Divalent groups such as NHCO-, -S-, -NH- and other functional groups, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms in these groups may be substituted with halogen atoms or hydroxyl groups. Specific examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group include groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from each group exemplified in the monovalent hydrocarbon group. In addition, in the compound represented by the formula (1), the structure surrounding the nitrogen atom in the formula (1) corresponds to the aromatic amine structure (a).

B1及B2優選為至少一者為單鍵,更優選為B1及B2均為單鍵。 It is preferable that at least one of B 1 and B 2 is a single bond, and it is more preferable that both B 1 and B 2 are single bonds.

L1為包含所述鏈狀結構(b)的2價基。L1的優選具體例例如可列舉:下述式(2)所表示的基團等。 L 1 is a divalent group including the chain structure (b). Preferable specific examples of L 1 include, for example, groups represented by the following formula (2) and the like.

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0018-5
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0018-5

(式(2)中,L2及L3分別獨立地為所述結構(b);Q為下述式(3)或式(4)所表示的2價基;n為0~4的整數;“*”表 示結合鍵) (In formula (2), L 2 and L 3 are each independently the structure (b); Q is a divalent group represented by the following formula (3) or formula (4); n is an integer of 0-4 ; "*" means the bond)

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0019-6
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0019-6

(式(3)中,A5為氫原子或1價有機基;R1及R2為取代基,彼此可相同,也可以不同;“*”表示結合鍵) (In formula (3), A 5 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; R 1 and R 2 are substituents, which may be the same or different from each other; "*" represents a bond)

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0019-7
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0019-7

(式(4)中,A6為氫原子或1價有機基;“*”表示結合鍵) (In formula (4), A 6 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; "*" represents a bond)

所述式(3)、式(4)中,A5及A6的1價有機基可應用A1及A3的1價有機基的說明。所述式(2)中的n優選為0或1。 In the above formula (3) and formula (4), the monovalent organic group of A 5 and A 6 can be applied to the description of the monovalent organic group of A 1 and A 3 . Preferably, n in the formula (2) is 0 or 1.

所述式(2)所表示的基團的具體例例如可列舉下述式(2-1)~式(2-25)分別所表示的基團等。 Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (2) include groups represented by the following formulas (2-1) to (2-25), and the like.

[化8]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0020-8
[化8]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0020-8

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0020-9
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0020-9

(式中,“*”表示結合鍵) (In the formula, "*" means a bond)

所述式(1)所表示的化合物的優選具體例例如可列舉下述式(1-1)所表示的化合物以及下述式(1-2)所表示的化合物等。 Preferable specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) include, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (1-1) and a compound represented by the following formula (1-2).

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0021-10
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0021-10

(式(1-1)中,L11為包含將碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-(R為氫原子或1價有機基)取代而成的基團的2價基;A1、A2、A3、A4、B1及B2是與所述式(1)相同含義;其中,在L11具有碳數1~5的烷二基的情況下,A1及A3的至少任一者為氫原子,或者B1及B2的至少任一者為2價有機基) (In the formula (1-1), L 11 is a formula containing at least one methylene group in a bivalent chain hydrocarbon group with 6 or more carbon atoms as -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-,- NRCO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2- (R is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group) substituted with a divalent group; A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , B 1 and B 2 have the same meanings as in the above formula (1); wherein, when L 11 has an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one of A 1 and A 3 is hydrogen Atom, or at least one of B 1 and B 2 is a divalent organic group)

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0021-11
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0021-11

(式(1-2)中,L12為包含碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基的2價基;A1、A2、A3、A4、B1及B2是與所述式(1)相同含義) (In formula (1-2), L 12 is a divalent group containing a divalent chain hydrocarbon group with 6 or more carbon atoms; A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , B 1 and B 2 are the same as those in the formula (1) The same meaning)

所述式(1-1)中的L11可僅具有1個將碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-所取代的基團,也可以具有多個。L11的優選具體例可列舉所述式(2)所表示的基團(其中,L2及L3為將碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、 -CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-所取代的基團)等。 The L 11 in the formula (1-1) may have only one methylene group that has at least one methylene group in a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbons as -O-, -S-, -CO-,- The group substituted by NR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -COS-, or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -may have a plurality of groups. Preferable specific examples of L 11 include the group represented by the formula (2) (wherein, L 2 and L 3 are a combination of at least one methylene group in a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms with -O -, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -substituted group), etc.

在L11包含碳數1~5的烷二基的情況下,A1及A3的至少一者為氫原子,優選為A1及A3均為氫原子。 In the case where L 11 contains an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one of A 1 and A 3 is a hydrogen atom, and it is preferable that both A 1 and A 3 are hydrogen atoms.

所述式(1-2)中的L12可僅具有1個碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基,也可以具有多個。L12的優選具體例可列舉所述式(2)所表示的基團(其中,L2及L3為碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基)等。 L 12 in the above formula (1-2) may have only one divalent chain hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 or more, or may have a plurality of them. Preferable specific examples of L 12 include the group represented by the above formula (2) (where L 2 and L 3 are a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms) and the like.

在L12所具有的烷二基為碳數6~10的情況下,所述式(1-2)所表示的化合物優選為A1及A3的至少任一者為1價有機基,或者B1及B2的至少任一者為2價有機基。在所述式(1-1)中的A1及A3為氫原子的情況下,L12優選為所述式(2)所表示的基團的L2及L3為碳數7以上的2價鏈狀烴基者,更優選為碳數11以上的2價鏈狀烴基者。 When the alkanediyl group possessed by L 12 has 6 to 10 carbon atoms, the compound represented by the formula (1-2) is preferably that at least one of A 1 and A 3 is a monovalent organic group, or At least any of B 1 and B 2 is a divalent organic group. In the case where A 1 and A 3 in the formula (1-1) are hydrogen atoms, L 12 is preferably a group represented by the formula (2) where L 2 and L 3 are carbon 7 or more The divalent chain hydrocarbon group is more preferably the divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 11 or more carbon atoms.

所述二胺(C)的優選具體例例如可列舉下述式(DA-1)~式(DA-10)以及式(DA-41)分別所表示的化合物等。此外,所述二胺(C)可單獨使用1種或者將2種以上組合使用。 Preferred specific examples of the diamine (C) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (DA-1) to (DA-10) and formula (DA-41). Moreover, the said diamine (C) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

[化12]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0023-12
[化12]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0023-12

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0023-13
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0023-13

(式中,Ph表示苯基) (In the formula, Ph represents phenyl)

.二胺(C1) . Diamine (C1)

二胺(C1)優選為具有可將所述芳香族胺結構(a)及所述結構(b1)導入至聚合物(P)的主鏈中的結構,具體而言,優選為下述式(1-3)所表示的化合物。 The diamine (C1) preferably has a structure capable of introducing the aromatic amine structure (a) and the structure (b1) into the main chain of the polymer (P). Specifically, the following formula ( 1-3) The compound represented.

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0024-14
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0024-14

(式(1-3)中,A7為氫原子或1價有機基,A8及A9分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;其中,A7、A8及A9中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;L4為所述結構(b1),L5為單鍵或2價有機基) (In formula (1-3), A 7 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 8 and A 9 are each independently a single bond or a divalent organic group; wherein, at least 2 of A 7 , A 8 and A 9 One is an aromatic ring and is bonded to a nitrogen atom; L 4 is the structure (b1), L 5 is a single bond or a divalent organic group)

關於所述式(1-3),A7的1價有機基可應用所述式(1)的A1及A3的1價有機基的說明。A8及A9的2價有機基可應用所述式(1)的A2及A4的說明。L5的2價有機基例如可列舉:碳數1~20的2價鏈狀烴基,將該鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR4-、-NR4CO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的2價基,-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR4CO-、-COO-、-COS-、以及-Si(CH3)2-(R4為氫原子或1價有機基)等。這些有機基中,L5優選為結構(b1)。 Regarding the above formula (1-3), the description of the monovalent organic group of A 1 and A 3 of the above formula (1) can be applied to the monovalent organic group of A 7 . The description of A 2 and A 4 of the above formula (1) can be applied to the divalent organic groups of A 8 and A 9 . The divalent organic group of L 5 includes, for example, a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least one methylene group in the chain hydrocarbon group is represented by -O-, -S-, -CO-,- NR 4 -, -NR 4 CO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -substituted divalent groups, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR 4 CO -, -COO-, -COS-, and -Si(CH 3 ) 2- (R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group) and the like. Among these organic groups, L 5 is preferably structure (b1).

所述二胺(C1)的優選具體例例如可列舉下述式(DA-22)~式(DA-40)分別所表示的化合物等。此外,所述二胺(C1)可單獨使用1種或者將2種以上組合使用。 Preferred specific examples of the diamine (C1) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (DA-22) to (DA-40). Moreover, the said diamine (C1) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

[化15]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0025-15
[化15]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0025-15

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0025-16
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0025-16

合成聚醯胺酸(P)時所使用的二胺可僅為所述二胺 (C'),也可以與二胺(C')一起併用所述以外的其他二胺。 The diamine used in the synthesis of polyamide acid (P) may be only the diamine (C'), and diamine (C') may use other diamines other than the above.

此處可使用的其他二胺例如可列舉:脂肪族二胺、脂環式二胺、芳香族二胺、二胺基有機矽氧烷等。作為這些二胺的具體例,脂肪族二胺例如可列舉:間苯二甲胺、1,3-丙二胺、四亞甲基二胺、五亞甲基二胺、六亞甲基二胺等;脂環式二胺例如可列舉:1,4-二胺基環己烷、4,4'-亞甲基雙(環己基胺)、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷等;芳香族二胺例如可列舉:鄰苯二胺、間苯二胺、對苯二胺、4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基硫醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基胺、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)庚烷、1,5-二胺基萘、2,2'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)芴、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、4,4'-(對伸苯基二亞異丙基)雙苯胺、4,4'-(間伸苯基二亞異丙基)雙苯胺、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、2,6-二胺基吡啶、2,4-二胺基嘧啶、3,6-二胺基咔唑、N,N'-雙(4-胺基苯基)-聯苯胺、1,4-雙-(4-胺基苯基)-哌嗪、3,5-二胺基苯甲酸、十二烷醯氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十四烷醯氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十五烷醯氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十六烷醯氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十八烷醯氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十二烷醯氧基-2,5-二胺基苯、十四烷醯氧基-2,5-二胺基苯、十五烷醯氧基-2,5-二胺基苯、十六烷醯氧基-2,5-二胺基苯、十八烷醯氧基-2,5-二胺基苯、膽甾烷基氧基-3,5-二胺 基苯、膽甾烯基氧基-3,5-二胺基苯、膽甾烷基氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、膽甾烯基氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、3,5-二胺基苯甲酸膽甾烷基酯、3,5-二胺基苯甲酸膽甾烯基酯、3,5-二胺基苯甲酸羊毛甾烷基酯、3,6-雙(4-胺基苯甲醯基氧基)膽甾烷、3,6-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)膽甾烷、4-(4'-三氟甲氧基苯甲醯氧基)環己基-3,5-二胺基苯甲酸酯、4-(4'-三氟甲基苯甲醯氧基)環己基-3,5-二胺基苯甲酸酯、1,1-雙(4-((胺基苯基)甲基)苯基)-4-丁基環己烷、1,1-雙(4-((胺基苯基)甲基)苯基)-4-庚基環己烷、1,1-雙(4-((胺基苯氧基)甲基)苯基)-4-庚基環己烷、1,1-雙(4-((胺基苯基)甲基)苯基)-4-(4-庚基環己基)環己烷、2,4-二胺基-N,N-二烯丙基苯胺、4-胺基苄基胺、3-胺基苄基胺、1-(2,4-二胺基苯基)哌嗪-4-羧酸、1,3-雙(N-(4-胺基苯基)哌啶基)丙烷、α-胺基-ω-胺基苯基伸烷基、1-(4-胺基苯基)-2,3-二氫-1,3,3-三甲基-1H-茚-5-胺、1-(4-胺基苯基)-2,3-二氫-1,3,3-三甲基-1H-茚-6-胺、4-胺基苯基-4'-胺基苯甲酸酯、4,4'-[4,4'-丙烷-1,3-二基雙(哌啶-1,4-二基)]二苯胺、4-(4-胺基苯氧基羰基)-1-(4-胺基苯基)哌啶、下述式(DA-18)所表示的化合物以及下述式(D-1)所表示的化合物等;[化17]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0028-17
Examples of other diamines that can be used here include aliphatic diamines, alicyclic diamines, aromatic diamines, and diamino organosiloxanes. As specific examples of these diamines, aliphatic diamines include, for example, metaxylylenediamine, 1,3-propanediamine, tetramethylenediamine, pentamethylenediamine, and hexamethylenediamine Etc.; for example, alicyclic diamines include: 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylamine), 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexyl Alkanes, etc.; examples of aromatic diamines include o-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl Thioether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 1,7-bis(4-aminophenoxy)heptane, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,2'-dimethyl -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2 ,2-Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminobenzene) (Oxy)phenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 4,4'-(p-phenylene diisopropylidene) bisaniline, 4,4' -(Phenylenediisopropylidene)bisaniline, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 2 ,6-Diaminopyridine, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 3,6-diaminocarbazole, N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)-benzidine, 1,4-bis -(4-Aminophenyl)-piperazine, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, dodecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, tetradecyloxy-2,4- Diaminobenzene, pentadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, hexadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,4-diamine Benzene, dodecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, tetradecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, pentadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene , Hexadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, cholesteryloxy-3,5-diaminobenzene, bile Stearyloxy-3,5-diaminobenzene, cholestyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, cholesteryloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, 3,5 -Cholesteryl diaminobenzoate, cholesteryl 3,5-diaminobenzoate, lanosteryl 3,5-diaminobenzoate, 3,6-bis(4- Aminobenzyloxy)cholestane, 3,6-bis(4-aminophenoxy)cholestane, 4-(4'-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy)cyclohexyl -3,5-diaminobenzoate, 4-(4'-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)cyclohexyl-3,5-diaminobenzoate, 1,1-bis( 4-((aminophenyl)methyl)phenyl)-4-butylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(4-((aminophenyl)methyl)phenyl)-4-heptyl Cyclohexane, 1,1-bis(4-((aminophenoxy)methyl)phenyl)-4-heptylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(4-((aminophenyl) (Methyl)phenyl)-4-(4-heptylcyclohexyl)cyclohexane, 2,4-Diamino-N,N-diallylaniline, 4-aminobenzylamine, 3-aminobenzylamine, 1-(2,4-diaminophenyl)piperazine- 4-carboxylic acid, 1,3-bis(N-(4-aminophenyl)piperidinyl)propane, α-amino-ω-aminophenylalkylene, 1-(4-aminophenyl) )-2,3-Dihydro-1,3,3-trimethyl-1H-inden-5-amine, 1-(4-aminophenyl)-2,3-dihydro-1,3,3 -Trimethyl-1H-indene-6-amine, 4-aminophenyl-4'-aminobenzoate, 4,4'-[4,4'-propane-1,3-diylbis (Piperidine-1,4-diyl)) diphenylamine, 4-(4-aminophenoxycarbonyl)-1-(4-aminophenyl)piperidine, the following formula (DA-18) The compound represented and the compound represented by the following formula (D-1), etc.; [化17]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0028-17

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0028-18
(式(D-1)中,XI及XII分別獨立地為單鍵、-O-、*-COO-或者*-OCO-(*表示與式中的苯環鍵結的結合鍵),RI為碳數1~3的烷二基,RII為單鍵或碳數1~3的烷二基,a為0或1,b為0~2的整數,c為1~20的整數,d為0或1;其中,a及b不會同時為0)
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0028-18
(In the formula (D-1), X I and X II are each independently a single bond, -O-, *-COO- or *-OCO- (* represents a bond to the benzene ring in the formula), R I is an alkanediyl group with 1 to 3 carbons, R II is a single bond or alkanediyl group with 1 to 3 carbons, a is 0 or 1, b is an integer from 0 to 2, and c is an integer from 1 to 20 , D is 0 or 1; where a and b will not be 0 at the same time)

二胺基有機矽氧烷例如可列舉:1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)-四甲基二矽氧烷等,除此以外,可使用日本專利特開2010-97188號公報中記載的二胺。 Examples of diaminoorganosiloxanes include 1,3-bis(3-aminopropyl)-tetramethyldisiloxane, etc. In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-97188 can be used. The recorded diamine.

所述式(D-1)中的“-XI-(RI-XII)d-”所表示的2價基優選為碳數1~3的烷二基、*-O-、*-COO-或*-O-C2H4-O-(其中,帶有“*”的結合鍵與二胺基苯基鍵結)。基“-CcH2c+1”的具體例例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、正丁基、正戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、正壬基、正癸基、正十二烷基、正十三烷基、正十四烷基、正十五烷基、正十六烷基、正十七烷基、正十八烷 基、正十九烷基、正二十烷基等。二胺基苯基中的2個胺基優選為相對於其他基團而位於2,4-位或3,5-位。 The divalent group represented by "-X I -(R I -X II ) d -" in the formula (D-1) is preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, *-O-, *- COO- or *-OC 2 H 4 -O- (wherein, the bond with "*" is bonded to the diaminophenyl group). Specific examples of the group "-C c H 2c+1 "include, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, N-decyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-heptadecyl, n-octadecyl, n-nonadecane Group, n-eicosyl, etc. The two amino groups in the diaminophenyl group are preferably located at the 2,4-position or the 3,5-position relative to other groups.

所述式(D-1)所表示的化合物的具體例例如可列舉下述式(D-1-1)~式(D-1-3)分別所表示的化合物等。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (D-1) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (D-1-1) to (D-1-3).

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0029-19
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0029-19

此外,所述用於合成聚醯胺酸的其他二胺可將這些化合物的1種單獨使用或者適當選擇2種以上來使用。 In addition, the other diamines used for the synthesis of polyamide acid may be used alone or by appropriately selecting two or more of these compounds.

用於合成本發明的聚醯胺酸(P)的二胺優選為相對於合成中使用的二胺的總量,而將所述二胺(C')的使用比例設為0.5莫耳%以上。若小於0.5莫耳%,則存在無法充分獲得本發明的效果的傾向。更優選為2莫耳%以上,尤其優選為5莫耳%以上,特別優選為10莫耳%以上。另外,相對於合成中使用的二胺的總量,所述二胺(C')的使用比例的上限可在100莫耳%以下的範圍內任意地設定。在實現因添加其他二胺而帶來的改善效果(例如印刷性、電壓保持率、液晶配向性等)的情況下,優選為將所述二胺(C')的使用比例設為95莫耳%以下。 The diamine used in the synthesis of the polyamide acid (P) of the present invention is preferably relative to the total amount of the diamine used in the synthesis, and the use ratio of the diamine (C') is set to 0.5 mol% or more . If it is less than 0.5 mol%, there is a tendency that the effect of the present invention cannot be sufficiently obtained. It is more preferably 2 mol% or more, particularly preferably 5 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 10 mol% or more. In addition, the upper limit of the use ratio of the diamine (C′) can be arbitrarily set within the range of 100 mol% or less with respect to the total amount of the diamine used in the synthesis. In the case of realizing the improvement effects (such as printability, voltage retention, liquid crystal orientation, etc.) brought about by the addition of other diamines, it is preferable to set the use ratio of the diamine (C') to 95 mol %the following.

在將本發明的液晶配向劑用於製造TN型、STN型或者 垂直配向型的液晶顯示元件的情況下,可將該液晶配向劑中含有的聚合物(P)的至少一部分設為具有可對塗膜賦予預傾角表現能力的基團(以下也稱為“預傾角表現性基”)的聚合物。預傾角表現性基例如可列舉:碳數4~20的烷基、碳數4~20的氟烷基、碳數4~20的烷氧基、碳數17~51的具有類固醇骨架的基團、具有多環結構的基團等。 When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is used to manufacture TN type, STN type or In the case of a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element, at least a part of the polymer (P) contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent may be a group having the ability to impart a pretilt angle to the coating film (hereinafter also referred to as "pretilt" Inclination performance base ") polymer. Examples of the pretilt expressive group include: C4-20 alkyl group, C4-20 fluoroalkyl group, C4-C20 alkoxy group, C17-51 group having a steroid skeleton , Groups with polycyclic structures, etc.

為了獲得具有預傾角表現性基的聚醯胺酸(P),就預傾角表現性基的導入容易度的方面而言,優選為通過在單體組成中包含具有預傾角表現性基的二胺的聚合來進行。具體而言,可通過使用具有預傾角表現性基的二胺作為其他二胺來合成。 In order to obtain the polyamide acid (P) having a pretilt angle expressive group, it is preferable to include a diamine having a pretilt angle expressive group in the monomer composition in terms of ease of introduction of the pretilt angle expressive group Of the aggregation. Specifically, it can be synthesized by using a diamine having a pretilt angle expressive group as another diamine.

在合成聚醯胺酸(P)時使用具有預傾角表現性基的二胺的情況下,就充分表現出高的預傾角特性的觀點而言,相對於合成中使用的全部二胺,所述二胺的使用量優選為設為5莫耳%以上,更優選為設為10莫耳%以上。 In the case of using a diamine having a pretilt angle expressive group when synthesizing polyamide acid (P), from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting high pretilt angle characteristics, compared to all the diamines used in the synthesis, the The amount of diamine used is preferably 5 mol% or more, and more preferably 10 mol% or more.

在利用光配向法,對使用本發明的液晶配向劑來製作的塗膜賦予液晶配向能力的情況下,可將該液晶配向劑中所含有的聚合物(P)的至少一部分設為具有光配向性結構的聚合物。此處,所謂光配向性結構,是包含光配向性基以及分解型光配向部的兩者的概念。具體而言,光配向性結構可採用通過光異構化或光二聚化、光分解等而顯示出光配向性的基團,例如可列舉:含有偶氮苯或其衍生物作為基本骨架的含偶氮苯的基團、含有肉桂酸或其衍生物作為基本骨架的具有肉桂酸結構的基團、含有查耳酮或 其衍生物作為基本骨架的含查耳酮的基團、含有二苯甲酮或其衍生物作為基本骨架的含二苯甲酮的基團、含有香豆素或其衍生物作為基本骨架的含香豆素的基團、含有聚醯亞胺或其衍生物作為基本骨架的含聚醯亞胺的結構等。 In the case of imparting liquid crystal alignment ability to the coating film produced using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention by the photo-alignment method, at least a part of the polymer (P) contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent can be made to have photo-alignment Sexually structured polymers. Here, the so-called photo-alignment structure is a concept including both a photo-alignment group and a decomposition type photo-alignment portion. Specifically, the photo-alignment structure can be a group that exhibits photo-alignment by photoisomerization, photodimerization, photolysis, etc., for example, a couple-containing group containing azobenzene or its derivative as a basic skeleton A nitrobenzene group, a group with a cinnamic acid structure containing cinnamic acid or its derivatives as the basic skeleton, a group containing chalcone or Chalcone-containing groups with its derivatives as the basic skeleton, benzophenone-containing groups with benzophenone or its derivatives as the basic skeleton, and coumarin or its derivatives as the basic skeleton Coumarin group, polyimide-containing structure containing polyimine or its derivative as the basic skeleton, etc.

例如,在作為所述聚合物(P)的聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及聚醯胺酸酯具有光配向性結構的情況下,優選為具有分解型光配向部作為該光配向性結構,具體而言優選為具有雙環[2.2.2]辛烯骨架或者環丁烷骨架的聚合物。通過具有如上所述的特定骨架,可使塗膜的液晶配向性更良好。例如,具有雙環[2.2.2]辛烯骨架或者環丁烷骨架的聚醯胺酸(P)可通過包含雙環[2.2.2]辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐以及環丁烷四羧酸二酐中的至少任一者的四羧酸二酐、與包含所述二胺(C')的二胺的反應而獲得。 For example, when polyamide acid, polyimide, and polyamide ester as the polymer (P) have a photo-alignment structure, it is preferable to have a decomposition type photo-alignment portion as the photo-alignment structure Specifically, a polymer having a bicyclo[2.2.2]octene skeleton or a cyclobutane skeleton is preferable. By having the specific skeleton as described above, the liquid crystal alignment of the coating film can be made more favorable. For example, a polyamide acid (P) having a bicyclo[2.2.2]octene skeleton or a cyclobutane skeleton can be obtained by containing bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid It is obtained by reaction of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride of at least any one of acid dianhydride and cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the diamine containing the said diamine (C').

[分子量調節劑] [Molecular weight regulator]

合成聚醯胺酸(P)時,也可以如上所述,與四羧酸二酐及二胺同時使用適當的分子量調節劑來合成末端修飾型的聚合物。通過設為所述末端修飾型的聚合物,可在不損及本發明效果的情況下進一步改善液晶配向劑的塗布性(印刷性)。 When synthesizing polyamide acid (P), it is also possible to synthesize a terminal-modified polymer by using an appropriate molecular weight modifier together with tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine as described above. By using the terminal modification type polymer, the coating properties (printability) of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be further improved without impairing the effects of the present invention.

分子量調節劑例如可列舉:酸單酐、單胺化合物、單異氰酸酯化合物等。作為這些化合物的具體例,酸單酐例如可列舉:順丁烯二酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、衣康酸酐、正癸基丁二酸酐、正十二烷基丁二酸酐、正十四烷基丁二酸酐、正十六烷基丁二酸酐等;單胺化合物例如可列舉:苯胺、環己基胺、正丁基胺、正戊 基胺、正己基胺、正庚基胺、正辛基胺等;單異氰酸酯化合物例如可列舉:異氰酸苯基酯、異氰酸萘基酯等。 Examples of the molecular weight modifier include acid monoanhydrides, monoamine compounds, and monoisocyanate compounds. As specific examples of these compounds, acid monoanhydrides include, for example, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, n-decyl succinic anhydride, n-dodecyl succinic anhydride, n-tetradecane Base succinic anhydride, n-hexadecyl succinic anhydride, etc.; monoamine compounds include, for example: aniline, cyclohexylamine, n-butylamine, n-pentyl Amine, n-hexylamine, n-heptylamine, n-octylamine, etc.; monoisocyanate compounds include, for example, phenyl isocyanate, naphthyl isocyanate, and the like.

相對於所使用的四羧酸二酐及二胺的合計100重量份,分子量調節劑的使用比例優選為設為20重量份以下,更優選為設為10重量份以下。 The use ratio of the molecular weight modifier is preferably 20 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 10 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine used.

所述二胺(C)及二胺(C1)可通過將有機化學的常法適當組合來合成。作為所述方法的一例,例如關於所述式(1)所表示的化合物,可列舉如下方法:合成代替式中的一級胺基而具有硝基的二硝基中間體,繼而,使用適當的還原系將所得的二硝基中間體的硝基進行胺基化。 The diamine (C) and diamine (C1) can be synthesized by appropriately combining common methods of organic chemistry. As an example of the method, for the compound represented by the formula (1), the following method can be cited: synthesizing a dinitro intermediate having a nitro group instead of the primary amino group in the formula, and then using an appropriate reduction The nitro group of the obtained dinitro intermediate is aminated.

合成所述二硝基中間體的方法可根據作為目標的化合物來適當選擇。作為所述方法的一例,若對所述式(1)所表示的化合物進行列舉,例如可列舉以下方法:使具有對應的A1、A2及L1的二級胺化合物與鹵化硝基苯進行反應的方法;使具有對應的A1、A2及L1的鹵化物與含有硝基苯基的二級胺化合物進行反應的方法;使具有對應的胺基苯基及硝基的羧酸、與具有對應的L1的二醇進行反應的方法;使具有對應的A1、A2及L1的二胺化合物,與具有對應的B1的鹵化硝基苯進行反應的方法;使具有對應的胺基苯基及硝基的含羥基的化合物、與具有對應的L1的鹵化物進行反應的方法等。 The method of synthesizing the dinitro intermediate can be appropriately selected according to the target compound. As an example of the method, if the compound represented by the formula (1) is enumerated, for example, the following method can be enumerated: a secondary amine compound having corresponding A 1 , A 2 and L 1 and a halogenated nitrobenzene Method of reaction; method of reacting halide with corresponding A 1 , A 2 and L 1 with secondary amine compound containing nitrophenyl; method of making carboxylic acid with corresponding amino phenyl and nitro group , A method of reacting with a diol having a corresponding L 1 ; a method of reacting a diamine compound having corresponding A 1 , A 2 and L 1 with a halogenated nitrobenzene having a corresponding B 1 ; Corresponding amino phenyl and nitro hydroxyl group-containing compounds, a method of reacting with a halide having a corresponding L 1 , etc.

用以獲得所述硝基中間體的反應優選為在有機溶劑中進行。此處,有機溶劑只要是不對反應造成影響的溶劑即可,例如 可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、四氫呋喃、甲苯、二甲基亞碸、二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮等。另外,該反應也可以視需要在催化劑存在下進行。 The reaction to obtain the nitro intermediate is preferably carried out in an organic solvent. Here, the organic solvent may be a solvent that does not affect the reaction, for example Examples include methanol, ethanol, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, dimethyl sulfide, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like. In addition, this reaction can also be carried out in the presence of a catalyst as necessary.

所述二硝基中間體的還原反應優選為在有機溶劑中,使用例如鈀碳、氧化鉑、鋅、鐵、錫、鎳等催化劑來實施。此處所使用的有機溶劑例如可列舉:乙酸乙酯、甲苯、四氫呋喃、醇系等。其中,二胺(C)及二胺(C1)的合成程序並不限定於所述方法。 The reduction reaction of the dinitro intermediate is preferably carried out in an organic solvent using a catalyst such as palladium on carbon, platinum oxide, zinc, iron, tin, and nickel. Examples of the organic solvent used here include ethyl acetate, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, and alcohols. However, the synthesis procedure of diamine (C) and diamine (C1) is not limited to the above-mentioned method.

[聚醯胺酸(P)的合成] [Synthesis of Polyamide (P)]

對本發明的聚醯胺酸(P)的合成反應提供的四羧酸二酐與二胺的使用比例優選為相對於二胺的胺基1當量,四羧酸二酐的酸酐基成為0.2當量~2當量的比例,更優選為成為0.3當量~1.2當量的比例。 The use ratio of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride to the diamine provided by the synthesis reaction of the polyamide acid (P) of the present invention is preferably 1 equivalent relative to the amino group of the diamine, and the acid anhydride group of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride becomes 0.2 equivalent~ The ratio of 2 equivalents is more preferably a ratio of 0.3 to 1.2 equivalents.

聚醯胺酸的合成反應優選為在有機溶劑中進行。此時的反應溫度優選為-20℃~150℃,更優選為0℃~100℃。另外,反應時間優選為0.1小時~24小時,更優選為0.5小時~12小時。 The synthesis reaction of polyamide acid is preferably carried out in an organic solvent. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably -20°C to 150°C, more preferably 0°C to 100°C. In addition, the reaction time is preferably 0.1 hour to 24 hours, more preferably 0.5 hour to 12 hours.

此處,有機溶劑例如可列舉:非質子性極性溶劑、酚系溶劑、醇、酮、酯、醚、鹵化烴、烴等。作為這些有機溶劑的具體例,非質子性極性溶劑例如可列舉:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、γ-丁內酯、四甲基脲、六甲基磷醯三胺等;酚系溶劑例如可列舉:苯酚、間甲酚、二甲酚、鹵化苯酚等;醇例如可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙 二醇、1,4-丁二醇、三乙二醇、乙二醇單甲醚等;酮例如可列舉:丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮等;所述酯例如可列舉:乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、甲基甲氧基丙酸酯、乙基乙氧基丙酸酯、乙二酸二乙酯、丙二酸二乙酯、丙酸異戊酯、異丁酸異戊酯等;醚例如可列舉:二乙醚、二異戊醚、乙二醇甲醚、乙二醇乙醚、乙二醇-正丙醚、乙二醇-異丙醚、乙二醇-正丁醚、乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、四氫呋喃等;鹵化烴例如可列舉:二氯甲烷、1,2-二氯乙烷、1,4-二氯丁烷、三氯乙烷、氯苯、鄰二氯苯等;所述烴例如可列舉:己烷、庚烷、辛烷、苯、甲苯、二甲苯等。 Here, the organic solvent includes, for example, aprotic polar solvents, phenolic solvents, alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons, and hydrocarbons. As specific examples of these organic solvents, aprotic polar solvents include, for example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and dimethylformamide. Trimethylene, γ-butyrolactone, tetramethylurea, hexamethylphosphatidylamine, etc.; examples of phenolic solvents include phenol, m-cresol, xylenol, halogenated phenol, etc.; examples of alcohols include: Methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene Glycol, 1,4-butanediol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, etc.; examples of ketones include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.; Examples of the ester include: ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxy propionate, ethyl ethoxy propionate, diethyl oxalate , Diethyl malonate, isoamyl propionate, isoamyl isobutyrate, etc.; ethers include, for example, diethyl ether, diisoamyl ether, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether, ethylene glycol- N-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-isopropyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-butyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, tetrahydrofuran, etc.; halogenated hydrocarbons include, for example, dichloromethane, 1 , 2-Dichloroethane, 1,4-dichlorobutane, trichloroethane, chlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, etc.; the hydrocarbons include, for example, hexane, heptane, octane, benzene, toluene , Xylene, etc.

這些有機溶劑中,優選為使用選自由非質子性極性溶劑及酚系溶劑所組成的組群(第一組群的有機溶劑)中的一種以上,或者選自第一組群的有機溶劑中的一種以上與選自由醇、酮、酯、醚、鹵化烴及烴所組成的組群(第二組群的有機溶劑)中的一種以上的混合物。在後者的情況下,相對於第一組群的有機溶劑以及第二組群的有機溶劑的合計量,第二組群的有機溶劑的使用比例優選為50重量%以下,更優選為40重量%以下,尤其優選為30重量%以下。有機溶劑的使用量(α)優選為設為四羧酸二酐及二胺的合計量(β)相對於反應溶液的總量(α+β)而成為0.1重量%~50重量%的量。 Among these organic solvents, it is preferable to use one or more selected from the group consisting of aprotic polar solvents and phenolic solvents (organic solvents of the first group), or organic solvents selected from the first group A mixture of one or more kinds and one or more kinds selected from the group consisting of alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons and hydrocarbons (organic solvents of the second group). In the latter case, the use ratio of the organic solvent in the second group is preferably 50% by weight or less, and more preferably 40% by weight relative to the total amount of the organic solvent in the first group and the organic solvent in the second group. Hereinafter, it is particularly preferably 30% by weight or less. The usage amount (α) of the organic solvent is preferably such that the total amount (β) of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine is 0.1% by weight to 50% by weight with respect to the total amount (α+β) of the reaction solution.

如以上所述,獲得將聚醯胺酸(P)溶解而成的反應溶液。該反應溶液可直接提供給液晶配向劑的製備,也可以將反應溶液中所含的聚醯胺酸(P)離析後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備,或者也可以將離析的聚醯胺酸(P)純化後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備。在將聚醯胺酸(P)進行脫水閉環而製成聚醯亞胺的情況下,可將所述反應溶液直接提供給脫水閉環反應,也可以將反應溶液中所含的聚醯胺酸(P)離析後再提供給脫水閉環反應,或者也可以將離析的聚醯胺酸(P)純化後再提供給脫水閉環反應。聚醯胺酸的離析及純化可依據公知的方法來進行。 As described above, a reaction solution obtained by dissolving polyamide acid (P) is obtained. The reaction solution can be directly supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the polyamide acid (P) contained in the reaction solution can be isolated and then supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the isolated polyamide acid (P) can also be supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent. (P) After purification, it is provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent. In the case where polyimide is made into polyimide by dehydration and ring closure of polyamic acid (P), the reaction solution may be directly supplied to the dehydration and ring-closure reaction, or the polyimide contained in the reaction solution ( P) is isolated and then supplied to the dehydration ring-closing reaction, or the isolated polyamide acid (P) can be purified and then supplied to the dehydration ring-closing reaction. The isolation and purification of polyamic acid can be performed according to a known method.

[聚醯胺酸酯(P)] [Polyurate (P)]

作為所述聚合物(P)的聚醯胺酸酯(以下也稱為聚醯胺酸酯(P))例如可利用以下方法來獲得:[I]通過使利用所述合成反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸(P)與含羥基的化合物、鹵化物、含環氧基的化合物等進行反應來合成的方法;[II]使四羧酸二酯與二胺進行反應的方法;以及[III]使四羧酸二酯二鹵化物與二胺進行反應的方法。 The polyamide (hereinafter also referred to as polyamide (P)) as the polymer (P) can be obtained, for example, by the following method: [I] By making the polyamide obtained by the synthesis reaction A method of synthesizing by reacting amide acid (P) with a hydroxyl-containing compound, a halide, an epoxy-containing compound, etc.; [II] a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester with a diamine; and [III] A method of reacting tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide and diamine.

此外,本說明書中所謂“四羧酸二酯”,是指四羧酸所具有的4個羧基中2個被酯化,且其餘2個為羧基的化合物。所謂“四羧酸二酯二鹵化物”,是指四羧酸所具有的4個羧基中2個被酯化,且其餘2個被鹵化的化合物。 In addition, the "tetracarboxylic acid diester" in the present specification refers to a compound in which two of the four carboxyl groups of the tetracarboxylic acid are esterified, and the remaining two are carboxyl groups. The so-called "tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide" refers to a compound in which two of the four carboxyl groups of the tetracarboxylic acid are esterified and the remaining two are halogenated.

此處,方法[I]中使用的含羥基的化合物例如可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、丙醇等醇類;苯酚、甲酚等酚類等。另外,鹵化物例 如可列舉:溴代甲烷、溴代乙烷、溴代十八烷、氯代甲烷、氯代十八烷、1,1,1-三氟-2-碘乙烷等,含環氧基的化合物例如可列舉環氧丙烷等。方法[II]中使用的四羧酸二酯可通過使用所述醇類將四羧酸二酐進行開環而獲得。另外,方法[III]中使用的四羧酸二酯二鹵化物可通過使以所述方式獲得的四羧酸二酯與亞硫醯氯等適當的氯化劑進行反應而獲得。方法[II]及方法[III]中使用的二胺優選為包含所述二胺(C'),也可以視需要而使用所述其他二胺。此外,聚醯胺酸酯(P)可僅具有醯胺酸酯結構,也可以是醯胺酸結構與醯胺酸酯結構並存的部分酯化物。 Here, the hydroxyl group-containing compound used in the method [I] includes, for example, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, and propanol; and phenols such as phenol and cresol. In addition, the halide example Examples include: bromomethane, bromoethane, bromooctadecane, chloromethane, chlorooctadecane, 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-iodoethane, etc., containing epoxy groups Examples of the compound include propylene oxide. The tetracarboxylic acid diester used in the method [II] can be obtained by ring-opening the tetracarboxylic dianhydride using the alcohols. In addition, the tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide used in the method [III] can be obtained by reacting the tetracarboxylic acid diester obtained in the above-mentioned manner with an appropriate chlorinating agent such as sulfite chloride. The diamine used in the method [II] and the method [III] preferably contains the diamine (C′), and the other diamine may be used as needed. In addition, the polyamide (P) may have only an amide structure, or may be a partial ester product in which an amide structure and an amide structure coexist.

[聚醯亞胺(P)] [Polyimide (P)]

作為所述聚合物(P)的聚醯亞胺(以下也稱為聚醯亞胺(P))可通過將例如以所述方式合成的聚醯胺酸(P)進行脫水閉環,加以醯亞胺化獲得。 The polyimide (hereinafter also referred to as polyimine (P)) as the polymer (P) can be prepared by dehydrating and ring-closing the polyimide (P) synthesized in the manner described above. Obtained by amination.

所述聚醯亞胺(P)可以是將作為其前驅物的聚醯胺酸(P)所具有的醯胺酸結構全部進行脫水閉環而成的完全醯亞胺化物,也可以是僅將醯胺酸結構的一部分進行脫水閉環而使醯胺酸結構與醯亞胺環結構並存的部分醯亞胺化物。本發明的液晶配向劑中所含有的聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率優選為30%以上,更優選為40%~99%,尤其優選為50%~99%。該醯亞胺化率是相對於聚醯亞胺的醯胺酸結構數量與醯亞胺環結構數量的合計,以百分率來表示醯亞胺環結構數量所占的比例。此處,醯亞胺環的一部分也可以是異醯亞胺環。 The polyimide (P) may be a complete amide compound obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing all the amide acid structure of the polyimide acid (P) as its precursor, or it may be only the amide Part of the amino acid structure undergoes dehydration and ring closure, and the partial amide acid structure and the amide ring structure coexist. The imidization rate of the polyimide contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% to 99%, and particularly preferably 50% to 99%. This imidization rate is the sum of the number of amide acid structures and the number of amide ring structures with respect to the polyimide, and the ratio of the number of amide ring structures is expressed as a percentage. Here, a part of the imine ring may be an isoimide ring.

聚醯胺酸的脫水閉環優選為利用以下方法來進行:對聚醯胺酸進行加熱的方法;或者將聚醯胺酸溶解於有機溶劑中,在該溶液中添加脫水劑以及脫水閉環催化劑,視需要進行加熱的方法。其中,優選為利用後者的方法。 The dehydration ring closure of polyamide acid is preferably carried out by the following method: the method of heating the polyamide acid; or the polyamide acid is dissolved in an organic solvent, and a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring-closing catalyst are added to the solution. A method of heating is required. Among them, the latter method is preferred.

在所述聚醯胺酸的溶液中添加脫水劑以及脫水閉環催化劑的方法中,脫水劑例如可使用乙酸酐、丙酸酐、三氟乙酸酐等酸酐。相對於聚醯胺酸的醯胺酸結構的1莫耳,脫水劑的使用量優選為設為0.01莫耳~20莫耳。脫水閉環催化劑例如可使用吡啶、三甲吡啶、二甲吡啶、三乙胺等三級胺。相對於所使用的脫水劑1莫耳,脫水閉環催化劑的使用量優選為設為0.01莫耳~10莫耳。脫水閉環反應中使用的有機溶劑可列舉作為用於合成聚醯胺酸者而例示的有機溶劑。脫水閉環反應的反應溫度優選為0℃~180℃,更優選為10℃~150℃。反應時間優選為1.0小時~120小時,更優選為2.0小時~30小時。 In the method of adding a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring-closing catalyst to the polyamide acid solution, the dehydrating agent can be, for example, acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, and trifluoroacetic anhydride. The amount of the dehydrating agent used is preferably 0.01 mol to 20 mol with respect to 1 mol of the amide structure of the polyamide acid. As the dehydration ring-closing catalyst, for example, tertiary amines such as pyridine, collidine, lutidine, and triethylamine can be used. The amount of the dehydration ring-closing catalyst used is preferably 0.01 mol to 10 mol relative to 1 mol of the dehydrating agent used. Examples of the organic solvent used in the dehydration ring-closing reaction include organic solvents exemplified as those used in the synthesis of polyamide acid. The reaction temperature of the dehydration ring-closing reaction is preferably 0°C to 180°C, more preferably 10°C to 150°C. The reaction time is preferably 1.0 hour to 120 hours, more preferably 2.0 hours to 30 hours.

如上所述獲得含有聚醯亞胺(P)的反應溶液。該反應溶液可直接提供給液晶配向劑的製備,可以自反應溶液中去除脫水劑以及脫水閉環催化劑後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備,也可以將聚醯亞胺離析後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備,或者也可以將離析的聚醯亞胺純化後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備。這些純化操作可依據公知的方法來進行。除此以外,聚醯亞胺(P)也可以通過聚醯胺酸酯(P)的醯亞胺化而獲得。 The reaction solution containing polyimine (P) is obtained as described above. The reaction solution can be directly supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst can be removed from the reaction solution and then supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the polyimide can be isolated and then supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent Alternatively, the isolated polyimine can be purified and then supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent. These purification operations can be performed according to known methods. In addition to this, polyimide (P) can also be obtained by imidization of polyimide (P).

以所述方式獲得的作為聚合物(P)的聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺 酸酯及聚醯亞胺優選為當將其製成濃度為15重量%的溶液時,具有20mPa.s~1,800mPa.s的溶液黏度者,更優選為具有50mPa.s~1,500mPa.s的溶液黏度者。此外,所述聚合物的溶液黏度(mPa.s)是對使用該聚合物的良溶劑(例如γ-丁內酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮等)來製備的濃度為15重量%的聚合物溶液,使用E型旋轉黏度計在25℃下測定而得的值。 Polyamide acid and polyamide as polymer (P) obtained in the manner The ester and polyimide are preferably made into a solution with a concentration of 15% by weight, with 20mPa. s~1,800mPa. The solution viscosity of s is more preferably 50mPa. s~1,500mPa. The solution viscosity of s. In addition, the solution viscosity (mPa.s) of the polymer is based on a concentration of 15% by weight prepared with a good solvent for the polymer (such as γ-butyrolactone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc.) The polymer solution is a value measured at 25°C using an E-type rotary viscometer.

所述聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯亞胺的利用凝膠滲透色譜法(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)來測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)優選為1,000~500,000,更優選為2,000~300,000。另外,由Mw與利用GPC來測定的聚苯乙烯換算的數平均分子量(Mn)的比所表示的分子量分佈(Mw/Mn)優選為15以下,更優選為10以下。通過在所述分子量範圍內,可確保液晶顯示元件的良好配向性及穩定性。 The polystyrene conversion weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by gel permeation chromatography (Gel Permeation Chromatography, GPC) of the polyamide acid, polyamide ester and polyimide is preferably 1,000 to 500,000 , More preferably 2,000 to 300,000. In addition, the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) represented by the ratio of Mw and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC is preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 10 or less. By being within the molecular weight range, good alignment and stability of the liquid crystal display element can be ensured.

<其他成分> <Other ingredients>

本發明的液晶配向劑如上所述含有聚合物(P),也可以視需要而含有其他成分。所述其他成分例如可列舉:所述聚合物(P)以外的其他聚合物、分子內具有至少一個環氧基的化合物(以下稱為“含環氧基的化合物”)、官能性矽烷化合物、金屬螯合化合物、硬化促進劑、表面活性劑等。 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains the polymer (P) as described above, and may contain other components as necessary. Examples of the other components include polymers other than the polymer (P), compounds having at least one epoxy group in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as "epoxy group-containing compounds"), functional silane compounds, Metal chelating compounds, hardening accelerators, surfactants, etc.

[其他聚合物] [Other polymers]

所述其他聚合物可用於改善溶液特性或電特性。所述其他聚合物例如可列舉未使用所述化合物(C')而獲得的聚合物,對其 主骨架並無特別限定。具體而言,例如可列舉在主骨架上具有聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯、聚有機矽氧烷、聚酯、聚醯胺、纖維素衍生物、聚縮醛、聚苯乙烯衍生物、聚(苯乙烯-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺)衍生物、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等聚合物等。 The other polymers can be used to improve solution properties or electrical properties. The other polymer may be, for example, a polymer obtained without using the compound (C'). The main skeleton is not particularly limited. Specifically, for example, polyamides, polyimines, polyamides, polyorganosiloxanes, polyesters, polyamides, cellulose derivatives, polyacetals, Polystyrene derivatives, poly(styrene-phenylmaleimide) derivatives, poly(meth)acrylates and other polymers.

在將其他聚合物添加於液晶配向劑中的情況下,相對於液晶配向劑中所含的聚合物的合計100重量份,所述其他聚合物的調配比例優選為設為50重量份以下,更優選為設為0.1重量份~40重量份,尤其優選為設為0.1重量份~30重量份以下。 In the case of adding other polymers to the liquid crystal alignment agent, the blending ratio of the other polymers is preferably 50 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total of the polymers contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. It is preferable to set it as 0.1 weight part-40 weight part, and it is especially preferable to set it as 0.1 weight part-30 weight part or less.

另外,在利用光配向法,對使用本發明的液晶配向劑而形成的塗膜賦予液晶配向能力的情況下,可使用具有光配向性結構的聚合物作為所述其他聚合物。例如在相位差膜用的液晶配向劑的情況下,可優選使用具有光配向性基作為光配向性結構的聚合物,具體而言可列舉導入有具有肉桂酸結構(肉桂酸或其衍生物)的基團的聚合物等。其中,就容易向聚合物中導入光配向性基的方面而言,可優選使用具有肉桂酸結構的聚有機矽氧烷。 In addition, when a photo-alignment method is used to impart liquid crystal alignment ability to a coating film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, a polymer having a photo-alignment structure can be used as the other polymer. For example, in the case of a liquid crystal alignment agent for a retardation film, a polymer having a photoalignment group as a photoalignment structure can be preferably used. Specifically, a polymer having a cinnamic acid structure (cinnamic acid or its derivatives) can be introduced. The group of polymers and so on. Among them, the polyorganosiloxane having a cinnamic acid structure can be preferably used in terms of easy introduction of a photoalignment group into the polymer.

此外,具有光配向性基的聚合物可利用現有公知的方法來合成。例如,作為其他聚合物的具有光配向性基的聚有機矽氧烷可通過使具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷、與具有光配向性基的羧酸,優選為在醚、酯、酮等有機溶劑中,且在四級銨鹽等催化劑的存在下進行反應來合成。 In addition, the polymer having a photo-alignment group can be synthesized by a conventionally known method. For example, as other polymers, polyorganosiloxanes with photo-alignment groups can be obtained by combining polyorganosiloxanes with epoxy groups and carboxylic acids with photo-alignment groups, preferably in ethers, esters, and ketones. In an organic solvent such as a quaternary ammonium salt, and in the presence of a catalyst such as a quaternary ammonium salt, it is synthesized.

在利用光配向法來對塗膜賦予液晶配向能力的情況下,相對於用於製備本發明的液晶配向劑的聚合物的總量,具有所述光配 向性結構的聚合物的使用比例(在聚合物(P)及其他聚合物具有光配向性結構的情況下為它們的合計量)優選為設為3重量%以上,更優選為設為5重量%~100重量%,尤其優選為設為10重量%~100重量%。 In the case of using the photo-alignment method to impart the liquid crystal alignment ability to the coating film, relative to the total amount of the polymer used to prepare the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the photo-alignment The usage ratio of the polymer of the directional structure (in the case of the polymer (P) and other polymers having a photo-alignment structure, the total amount thereof) is preferably 3% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight % To 100% by weight, particularly preferably 10% to 100% by weight.

[含環氧基的化合物] [Epoxy-containing compounds]

含環氧基的化合物可用於提高液晶配向膜的與基板表面的黏接性或電特性。所述含環氧基的化合物例如可列舉以下化合物作為優選者:乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、三丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚、甘油二縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚、2,2-二溴新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間苯二甲胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、N,N-二縮水甘油基-苄基胺、N,N-二縮水甘油基-胺基甲基環己烷、N,N-二縮水甘油基-環己基胺等。除此以外,含環氧基的化合物的例子可使用國際公開第2009/096598號記載的含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷。 The epoxy group-containing compound can be used to improve the adhesion or electrical properties of the liquid crystal alignment film to the surface of the substrate. The epoxy group-containing compound includes, for example, the following compounds as preferred ones: ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, and polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether. Glycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromo neopentyl ether Alcohol diglycidyl ether, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, N,N-diglycidyl-benzylamine, N,N-diglycidyl- Aminomethylcyclohexane, N,N-diglycidyl-cyclohexylamine, etc. In addition, as examples of the epoxy group-containing compound, the epoxy group-containing polyorganosiloxane described in International Publication No. 2009/096598 can be used.

在將這些含環氧基的化合物添加於液晶配向劑中的情況下,相對於液晶配向劑中所含的聚合物的合計100重量份,所述含環氧基的化合物的調配比例優選為設為40重量份以下,更優選為設為0.1重量份~30重量份。 When these epoxy group-containing compounds are added to the liquid crystal alignment agent, the blending ratio of the epoxy group-containing compound is preferably set to 100 parts by weight in total of the polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. It is 40 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight.

[官能性矽烷化合物] [Functional Silane Compound]

所述官能性矽烷化合物可出於提高液晶配向劑的印刷性的目的來使用。所述官能性矽烷化合物例如可列舉:3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-乙氧基羰基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基三伸乙基三胺、10-三甲氧基矽烷基-1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、9-三甲氧基矽烷基-3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、9-三甲氧基矽烷基-3,6-二氮雜壬酸甲酯、N-苄基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、縮水甘油氧基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、2-縮水甘油氧基乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等。 The functional silane compound can be used for the purpose of improving the printability of the liquid crystal alignment agent. Examples of the functional silane compound include: 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyl Triethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxy Silane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-triethoxy Silylpropyl triethylenetriamine, 10-trimethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonylacetic acid Ester, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3,6-diazepanonanoic acid methyl ester, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethyl Oxysilane, glycidoxymethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-glycidoxyethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.

在將這些官能性矽烷化合物添加於液晶配向劑中的情況下,相對於液晶配向劑中所含的聚合物的合計100重量份,所述官能性矽烷化合物的調配比例優選為設為2重量份以下,更優選為設為0.02重量份~0.2重量份。 When these functional silane compounds are added to the liquid crystal alignment agent, the blending ratio of the functional silane compounds is preferably set to 2 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent Below, it is more preferable to set it as 0.02 weight part-0.2 weight part.

[金屬螯合化合物] [Metal Chelating Compound]

所述金屬螯合化合物是出於在液晶配向劑的聚合物成分具有環氧結構的情況下,確保通過低溫處理形成的膜的機械強度而包含於液晶配向劑(特別是相位差膜用的液晶配向劑)中。該金屬螯合化合物優選為使用選自鋁、鈦及鋯中的金屬的乙醯基丙酮錯合物或者乙醯乙酸錯合物。具體而言,例如可列舉:二異丙氧基 乙基乙醯乙酸鋁、三(乙醯基丙酮酸)鋁、三(乙基乙醯乙酸)鋁、二異丙氧基雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯基丙酮酸)鈦、三-正丁氧基乙基乙醯乙酸鋯、二-正丁氧基雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鋯等。在添加所述金屬螯合化合物的情況下,相對於包含環氧結構的構成成分的合計100重量,所述金屬螯合化合物的使用比例優選為50重量份以下,更優選為0.1重量份~40重量份,尤其優選為1重量份~30重量份。 The metal chelate compound is contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent (especially the liquid crystal for retardation film) in order to ensure the mechanical strength of the film formed by low-temperature treatment when the polymer component of the liquid crystal aligning agent has an epoxy structure. Alignment agent). The metal chelate compound is preferably an acetylacetone complex or an acetylacetate complex using a metal selected from aluminum, titanium, and zirconium. Specifically, for example, diisopropoxy Aluminum ethyl acetylacetate, aluminum tris (acetyl pyruvate), aluminum tris (ethyl acetyl acetic acid), diisopropoxy bis (ethyl acetyl acetate) titanium, diisopropoxy bis (ethyl (Acanthoxypyruvate) titanium, tri-n-butoxy ethyl acetyl zirconium acetate, di-n-butoxy bis (ethyl acetyl acetate) zirconium and the like. In the case of adding the metal chelate compound, the use ratio of the metal chelate compound is preferably 50 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 0.1 parts by weight to 40 with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total of the constituent components including the epoxy structure. Part by weight is particularly preferably 1 part by weight to 30 parts by weight.

[硬化促進劑] [Hardening accelerator]

所述硬化促進劑是為了在液晶配向劑中的聚合物成分具有環氧結構的情況下,確保所形成的液晶配向膜的機械強度以及液晶配向性的經時穩定性而包含於液晶配向劑(特別是相位差膜用的液晶配向劑)中。該硬化促進劑例如可使用具有酚基、矽烷醇基、硫醇基、磷酸基、磺酸基、羧基、羧酸酐基等的化合物,其中優選為具有酚基或者矽烷醇基的化合物。作為其具體例,具有酚基的化合物例如可列舉:氰基苯酚、硝基苯酚、甲氧基苯氧基苯酚、硫代苯氧基苯酚、4-苄基苯酚等;具有矽烷醇基的化合物例如可列舉:三甲基矽烷醇、三乙基矽烷醇、1,1,3,3-四苯基-1,3-二矽氧烷二醇、1,4-雙(羥基二甲基矽烷基)苯、三苯基矽烷醇、三(對甲苯基)矽烷醇、二苯基矽烷二醇等。在添加硬化促進劑的情況下,相對於包含環氧結構的構成成分的合計100重量份,所述硬化促進劑的使用比例優選為50重量份以下,更優選為0.1重量份~40重量份,尤其優選為1重量份~30重量份。 The curing accelerator is included in the liquid crystal alignment agent in order to ensure the mechanical strength of the formed liquid crystal alignment film and the temporal stability of the liquid crystal alignment when the polymer component in the liquid crystal alignment agent has an epoxy structure ( Especially in the liquid crystal alignment agent for retardation film). As the curing accelerator, for example, compounds having a phenol group, a silanol group, a thiol group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylic acid anhydride group, etc. can be used, and among them, a compound having a phenol group or a silanol group is preferable. As specific examples thereof, compounds having a phenol group include, for example, cyanophenol, nitrophenol, methoxyphenoxyphenol, thiophenoxyphenol, 4-benzylphenol, etc.; compounds having a silanol group Examples include: trimethylsilanol, triethylsilanol, 1,1,3,3-tetraphenyl-1,3-disiloxanediol, 1,4-bis(hydroxydimethylsilanol) Benzene, triphenylsilanol, tris(p-tolyl)silanol, diphenylsilanol, etc. In the case of adding a hardening accelerator, the use ratio of the hardening accelerator is preferably 50 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 0.1 to 40 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total of the constituent components including the epoxy structure. Especially preferably, it is 1 weight part-30 weight part.

[表面活性劑] [Surfactant]

所述表面活性劑可出於提高液晶配向劑對基板的塗布性的目的而包含於液晶配向劑(特別是相位差膜用的液晶配向劑)中。這種表面活性劑例如可列舉:非離子表面活性劑、陰離子表面活性劑、陽離子表面活性劑、兩性表面活性劑、矽酮表面活性劑、聚環氧烷表面活性劑、含氟表面活性劑等。相對於液晶配向劑的總量100重量份,表面活性劑的使用比例優選為設為10重量份以下,更優選為設為1重量份以下。 The surfactant may be included in a liquid crystal alignment agent (especially a liquid crystal alignment agent for retardation film) for the purpose of improving the coating property of the liquid crystal alignment agent to the substrate. Examples of such surfactants include nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, silicone surfactants, polyalkylene oxide surfactants, fluorinated surfactants, etc. . The use ratio of the surfactant is preferably 10 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 1 part by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the liquid crystal alignment agent.

此外,除了所述成分以外,其他成分可列舉在分子內具有至少一個氧雜環丁基的化合物或抗氧化劑等。 In addition to the aforementioned components, other components include compounds having at least one oxetanyl group in the molecule, antioxidants, and the like.

<溶劑> <Solvent>

本發明的液晶配向劑製備成將所述聚合物(P)以及視需要使用的其他成分優選為分散或者溶解於適當的溶劑中而成的液狀組合物。 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is prepared as a liquid composition in which the polymer (P) and other components used as needed are preferably dispersed or dissolved in an appropriate solvent.

所使用的有機溶劑例如可列舉:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、γ-丁內酯、γ-丁內醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮、乙二醇單甲醚、乳酸丁酯、乙酸丁酯、甲基甲氧基丙酸酯、乙基乙氧基丙酸酯、乙二醇甲醚、乙二醇乙醚、乙二醇-正丙醚、乙二醇-異丙醚、乙二醇-正丁醚(丁基溶纖劑)、乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二異丁基酮、丙酸異戊酯、異丁 酸異戊酯、二異戊基醚、碳酸伸乙酯(ethylene carbonate)、碳酸伸丙酯等。這些有機溶劑可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。 Examples of the organic solvent used include: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, γ-butyrolactone, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylethyl Amide, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl lactate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxy propionate, ethyl ethoxy propionate, Ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-isopropyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-butyl ether (butyl cellosolve), ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol Ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monoethyl ether acetate, diisobutyl ketone, isoamyl propionate, isobutyl Isoamyl acid, diisoamyl ether, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, etc. These organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

本發明的液晶配向劑中的固體成分濃度(液晶配向劑的溶劑以外的成分的合計重量在液晶配向劑的總重量中所占的比例)可考慮到黏性、揮發性等來適當選擇,優選為1重量%~10重量%的範圍。即,本發明的液晶配向劑是通過以後述方式塗布於基板表面,優選為進行加熱,從而形成作為液晶配向膜的塗膜或者成為液晶配向膜的塗膜。此時,在固體成分濃度小於1重量%的情況下,塗膜的膜厚變得過小而難以獲得良好的液晶配向膜。另一方面,在固體成分濃度超過10重量%的情況下,塗膜的膜厚變得過大而難以獲得良好的液晶配向膜,另外,存在液晶配向劑的黏性增大,塗布性下降的傾向。 The solid content concentration in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention (the ratio of the total weight of components other than the solvent of the liquid crystal alignment agent to the total weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent) can be appropriately selected in consideration of viscosity, volatility, etc., preferably It is in the range of 1% by weight to 10% by weight. That is, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied to the surface of the substrate in the manner described below, preferably by heating, to form a coating film as a liquid crystal alignment film or a coating film as a liquid crystal alignment film. At this time, when the solid content concentration is less than 1% by weight, the film thickness of the coating film becomes too small, and it is difficult to obtain a good liquid crystal alignment film. On the other hand, when the solid content concentration exceeds 10% by weight, the film thickness of the coating film becomes too large and it is difficult to obtain a good liquid crystal alignment film. In addition, the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent increases and the coating properties tend to decrease. .

特別優選的固體成分濃度的範圍根據液晶配向劑的用途、或當在基板上塗布液晶配向劑時所使用的方法而不同。例如關於液晶配向膜用的液晶配向劑,在利用旋轉器法來塗布於基板上的情況下,固體成分濃度(液晶配向劑中的溶劑以外的全部成分的合計重量在液晶配向劑的總重量中所占的比例)特別優選為1.5重量%~4.5重量%的範圍。在利用印刷法的情況下,特別優選為將固體成分濃度設為3重量%~9重量%的範圍,由此將溶液黏度設為12mPa.s~50mPa.s的範圍。在利用噴墨法的情況下,特別優選為將固體成分濃度設為1重量%~5重量%的範圍,由此將溶液黏度設為3mPa.s~15mPa.s的範圍。製備本發明的液晶配向劑 時的溫度優選為10℃~50℃,更優選為20℃~30℃。另外,關於相位差膜用的液晶配向劑,就使液晶配向劑的塗布性及所形成的塗膜的膜厚變得適度的觀點而言,液晶配向劑的固體成分濃度優選為0.2重量%~10重量%的範圍,更優選為3重量%~10重量%的範圍。 The particularly preferable range of the solid content concentration varies depending on the use of the liquid crystal alignment agent or the method used when the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied on the substrate. For example, when the liquid crystal alignment agent for the liquid crystal alignment film is applied on the substrate by the spinner method, the solid content concentration (the total weight of all components other than the solvent in the liquid crystal alignment agent is in the total weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent) The proportion) is particularly preferably in the range of 1.5% by weight to 4.5% by weight. In the case of using the printing method, it is particularly preferable to set the solid content concentration to a range of 3 wt% to 9 wt%, thereby setting the solution viscosity to 12 mPa. s~50mPa. The range of s. In the case of using the inkjet method, it is particularly preferable to set the solid content concentration to the range of 1 wt% to 5 wt%, thereby setting the solution viscosity to 3 mPa. s~15mPa. The range of s. Preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention The temperature at this time is preferably 10°C to 50°C, more preferably 20°C to 30°C. Regarding the liquid crystal alignment agent for retardation film, from the viewpoint of making the coatability of the liquid crystal alignment agent and the film thickness of the formed coating film appropriate, the solid content concentration of the liquid crystal alignment agent is preferably 0.2% by weight~ The range of 10% by weight is more preferably the range of 3% by weight to 10% by weight.

此外,本發明者的研究結果表明,利用包含所述聚合物(P)的液晶配向劑,可形成表面平坦的(表面凹凸性良好的)塗膜。其原因未必明確,但推測如下。若為了改善DC殘留緩和的性能而導入芳香族胺結構(a),則除了結晶性上升以外,聚合物成為剛性(rigid),由此認為變得容易凝聚(結晶化)。該情況下,設想在塗膜形成時聚合物鏈彼此會纏結,導致塗膜的表面凹凸性的下降。與此相對,將化合物(C)用於反應而獲得的聚合物(P)中,與芳香族胺結構(a)同時導入足夠長的鏈長的鏈狀結構(b)作為間隔物單元,由此,通過塗膜形成時的加熱(後烘烤),聚合物鏈彼此的纏結解開,認為在加熱後的塗膜中,表面凹凸性變得良好。另外,關於將化合物(C1)用於反應而獲得的聚合物(P),也由於相同的原因而推測獲得所述效果。 In addition, the inventors’ research results indicate that the use of a liquid crystal alignment agent containing the polymer (P) can form a coating film having a flat surface (good surface unevenness). The reason is not necessarily clear, but it is estimated as follows. If the aromatic amine structure (a) is introduced in order to improve the DC residual relaxation performance, in addition to the increase in crystallinity, the polymer becomes rigid, and it is considered that it becomes easy to aggregate (crystallize). In this case, it is assumed that the polymer chains are entangled with each other during the formation of the coating film, resulting in a decrease in the surface unevenness of the coating film. In contrast, in the polymer (P) obtained by using the compound (C) for the reaction, a chain structure (b) having a sufficiently long chain length is introduced as a spacer unit together with the aromatic amine structure (a). Here, the heating (post-baking) during the formation of the coating film loosens the entanglement of polymer chains, and it is considered that the surface unevenness of the coating film after heating becomes good. In addition, regarding the polymer (P) obtained by using the compound (C1) for the reaction, it is also presumed that the effect is obtained due to the same reason.

<液晶顯示元件以及相位差膜> <Liquid crystal display element and retardation film>

可通過使用所述說明的本發明的液晶配向劑來製造液晶配向膜。另外,使用本發明的液晶配向劑來形成的液晶配向膜可優選應用於液晶顯示元件用的液晶配向膜以及相位差膜用的液晶配向膜。以下,對本發明的液晶顯示元件以及相位差膜進行說明。 The liquid crystal alignment film can be manufactured by using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention described above. In addition, the liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be preferably applied to liquid crystal alignment films for liquid crystal display elements and liquid crystal alignment films for retardation films. Hereinafter, the liquid crystal display element and retardation film of this invention are demonstrated.

[液晶顯示元件] [Liquid crystal display element]

本發明的液晶顯示元件包括使用所述液晶配向劑來形成的液晶配向膜。本發明的液晶顯示元件的運作模式並無特別限定,例如可應用於TN型、STN型、VA型(包含垂直配向-多域垂直配向(Vertical Alignment-Multidomain Vertical Alignment,VA-MVA)型、垂直配向-圖案垂直配向(Vertical Alignment-Patterned Vertical Alignment,VA-PVA)型等)、IPS型、FFS型、光學補償彎曲(Optically Compensatory Bend,OCB)型等多種驅動方式。本發明的液晶顯示元件可通過例如以下的(I-1)~(I-3)的步驟來製造。步驟(I-1)根據所需的運作模式而使用不同的基板。步驟(I-2)及步驟(I-3)在各運作模式中共用。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention includes a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent. The operation mode of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, it can be applied to TN type, STN type, VA type (including Vertical Alignment-Multidomain Vertical Alignment (VA-MVA) type, vertical Alignment-patterned vertical alignment (Vertical Alignment-Patterned Vertical Alignment, VA-PVA) type, etc.), IPS type, FFS type, Optically Compensatory Bend (Optically Compensatory Bend, OCB) type and other driving methods. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be manufactured by the following steps (I-1) to (I-3), for example. Step (I-1) uses different substrates according to the required operation mode. Step (I-2) and Step (I-3) are shared in each operation mode.

[步驟(I-1):塗膜的形成] [Step (I-1): Formation of Coating Film]

首先,在基板上塗布本發明的液晶配向劑,繼而對塗布面進行加熱,由此在基板上形成塗膜。 First, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is coated on the substrate, and then the coated surface is heated, thereby forming a coating film on the substrate.

(I-1A)在製造例如TN型、STN型或者VA型的液晶顯示元件的情況下,首先,將設置有經圖案化的透明導電膜的兩塊基板作為一對,在所述各透明性導電膜形成面上,優選為利用膠版印刷法、旋轉塗布法、輥塗布機法或者噴墨印刷法來分別塗布本發明的液晶配向劑。基板例如可使用:浮法玻璃(float glass)、鈉玻璃等玻璃;包含聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚醚碸、聚碳酸酯、聚(脂環式烯烴)等塑料的透明基板。設置於基板的一面的透明導電膜可使用包含氧化錫(SnO2)的奈塞(NESA) 膜(美國PPG公司注冊商標)、包含氧化銦-氧化錫(In2O3-SnO2)的ITO膜等。為了獲得經圖案化的透明導電膜,例如可利用以下方法:形成無圖案的透明導電膜後,通過光蝕刻來形成圖案的方法;形成透明導電膜時使用具有所需圖案的遮罩的方法等。塗布液晶配向劑時,為了使基板表面以及透明導電膜與塗膜的黏接性更良好,也可以對基板表面中形成塗膜的面,實施預先塗布官能性矽烷化合物、官能性鈦化合物等的預處理。 (I-1A) In the case of manufacturing liquid crystal display elements of, for example, TN type, STN type or VA type, first, two substrates provided with patterned transparent conductive films are used as a pair. On the conductive film formation surface, it is preferable to apply the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention separately by an offset printing method, a spin coating method, a roll coater method, or an inkjet printing method. The substrate can be, for example, glass such as float glass and soda glass; including polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyether agglomerate, polycarbonate, poly(alicyclic Olefin) and other plastic transparent substrates. The transparent conductive film provided on one side of the substrate can use NESA film containing tin oxide (SnO 2 ) (registered trademark of PPG in the United States), ITO containing indium oxide-tin oxide (In 2 O 3 -SnO 2 ) Film etc. In order to obtain a patterned transparent conductive film, for example, the following methods can be used: a method of forming a pattern by photoetching after forming a transparent conductive film without a pattern; a method of using a mask with a desired pattern when forming a transparent conductive film, etc. . When applying the liquid crystal alignment agent, in order to improve the adhesion between the substrate surface and the transparent conductive film and the coating film, the surface of the substrate surface where the coating film is formed can also be pre-coated with functional silane compounds, functional titanium compounds, etc. Pretreatment.

塗布液晶配向劑後,出於防止所塗布的液晶配向劑的流掛等目的,優選為實施預加熱(預烘烤)。預烘烤溫度優選為30℃~200℃,更優選為40℃~150℃,特別優選為40℃~100℃。預烘烤時間優選為0.25分鐘~10分鐘,更優選為0.5分鐘~5分鐘。然後,出於將溶劑完全去除,視需要將存在於聚合物中的醯胺酸結構進行熱醯亞胺化的目的,而實施燒成(後烘烤)步驟。此時的燒成溫度(後烘烤溫度)優選為80℃~300℃,更優選為120℃~250℃。後烘烤時間優選為5分鐘~200分鐘,更優選為10分鐘~100分鐘。以所述方式形成的膜的膜厚優選為0.001μm~1μm,更優選為0.005μm~0.5μm。 After the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied, for the purpose of preventing sagging of the applied liquid crystal alignment agent, etc., it is preferable to perform preheating (prebaking). The pre-baking temperature is preferably 30°C to 200°C, more preferably 40°C to 150°C, and particularly preferably 40°C to 100°C. The pre-baking time is preferably 0.25 minutes to 10 minutes, more preferably 0.5 minutes to 5 minutes. Then, for the purpose of completely removing the solvent and thermally imidizing the amide structure existing in the polymer as necessary, a firing (post-baking) step is performed. The firing temperature (post-baking temperature) at this time is preferably 80°C to 300°C, and more preferably 120°C to 250°C. The post-baking time is preferably 5 minutes to 200 minutes, more preferably 10 minutes to 100 minutes. The film thickness of the film formed in this manner is preferably 0.001 μm to 1 μm, and more preferably 0.005 μm to 0.5 μm.

(I-1B)在製造IPS型或FFS型的液晶顯示元件的情況下,在設置有包含經圖案化為梳齒型的透明導電膜或者金屬膜的電極的基板的電極形成面、與未設置電極的對向基板的一面上,分別塗布本發明的液晶配向劑,繼而對各塗布面進行加熱,由此形成塗膜。關於此時使用的基板以及透明導電膜的材質、塗布方 法、塗布後的加熱條件、透明導電膜或者金屬膜的圖案化方法、基板的預處理、以及所形成的塗膜的優選膜厚,與所述(I-1A)相同。金屬膜可使用例如包含鉻等金屬的膜。 (I-1B) In the case of manufacturing an IPS-type or FFS-type liquid crystal display element, the electrode formation surface of a substrate including electrodes patterned into a comb-shaped transparent conductive film or a metal film is provided with and without The opposite substrate surface of the electrode is respectively coated with the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, and then each coated surface is heated, thereby forming a coating film. Regarding the substrate and transparent conductive film materials and coating methods used at this time The method, the heating conditions after coating, the patterning method of the transparent conductive film or the metal film, the pretreatment of the substrate, and the preferred film thickness of the formed coating film are the same as the above-mentioned (I-1A). For the metal film, for example, a film containing metal such as chromium can be used.

在所述(I-1A)及(I-1B)的任一種情況下,均通過在基板上塗布液晶配向劑後,將有機溶劑去除而形成成為配向膜的塗膜。此時,在本發明的液晶配向劑中所含有的聚合物為聚醯胺酸,或為聚醯胺酸酯,或者為具有醯亞胺環結構及醯胺酸結構的醯亞胺化聚合物的情況下,可通過在塗膜形成後進一步加熱來進行脫水閉環反應,製成進一步經醯亞胺化的塗膜。 In either case of (I-1A) and (I-1B), after applying a liquid crystal alignment agent on a substrate, the organic solvent is removed to form a coating film that becomes an alignment film. At this time, the polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is polyamide acid, or polyamide acid ester, or is an imidized polymer having an amide ring structure and an amide acid structure In the case of the coating film formation, the dehydration ring-closing reaction can be performed by further heating after the coating film is formed, and the coating film can be further imidized.

[步驟(I-2):配向能力賦予處理] [Step (I-2): Alignment ability imparting processing]

在製造TN型、STN型、IPS型或者FFS型的液晶顯示元件的情況下,對所述步驟(I-1)中形成的塗膜實施賦予液晶配向能力的處理。由此,液晶分子的配向能力賦予至塗膜而成為液晶配向膜。該處理可列舉以下處理等:摩擦處理,利用捲繞有包含例如尼龍、人造絲、棉等纖維的布的輥,將塗膜向一定方向擦拭;以及光配向處理,對塗膜照射偏光或非偏光的放射線。另一方面,在製造VA型液晶顯示元件的情況下,可將所述步驟(I-1)中形成的塗膜直接用作液晶配向膜,也可以對該塗膜實施配向能力賦予處理。 In the case of manufacturing a TN-type, STN-type, IPS-type, or FFS-type liquid crystal display element, the coating film formed in the step (I-1) is subjected to a process of imparting liquid crystal alignment ability. Thereby, the alignment ability of the liquid crystal molecules is imparted to the coating film to become a liquid crystal alignment film. The treatment may include the following treatments: rubbing treatment, using a roll wrapped with a cloth containing fibers such as nylon, rayon, cotton, to wipe the coating film in a certain direction; and optical alignment treatment, irradiating the coating film with polarized light or non Polarized radiation. On the other hand, in the case of manufacturing a VA-type liquid crystal display element, the coating film formed in the step (I-1) may be directly used as a liquid crystal alignment film, or the coating film may be subjected to an alignment ability imparting treatment.

光配向處理中,對塗膜照射的放射線例如可使用包含150nm~800nm波長的光的紫外線以及可見光線。在放射線為偏光的情況下,可以是直線偏光,也可以是部分偏光。另外,在所使用 的放射線為直線偏光或者部分偏光的情況下,可自與基板面垂直的方向進行照射,也可以自傾斜方向進行,或者將這些照射組合進行。在照射非偏光的放射線的情況下,照射的方向設為傾斜方向。 In the photo-alignment process, as the radiation irradiated to the coating film, for example, ultraviolet rays and visible rays including light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 800 nm can be used. When the radiation is polarized light, it may be linearly polarized light or partially polarized light. In addition, in the When the radiation of is linearly polarized or partially polarized, it may be irradiated from a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface, or from an oblique direction, or a combination of these irradiations may be performed. In the case of irradiating non-polarized radiation, the irradiated direction is an oblique direction.

所使用的光源例如可使用:低壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、氘燈、金屬鹵化物燈、氬共振燈、氙燈、準分子雷射等。優選的波長區域的紫外線可利用將光源與例如過濾器、繞射光柵等併用的手段等而獲得。放射線的照射量優選為100J/m2~50,000J/m2,更優選為300J/m2~20,000J/m2。另外,為了提高反應性,可一邊對塗膜進行加溫一邊進行對塗膜的光照射。加溫時的溫度通常為30℃~250℃,優選為40℃~200℃,更優選為50℃~150℃。 As the light source used, for example, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a deuterium lamp, a metal halide lamp, an argon resonance lamp, a xenon lamp, an excimer laser, etc. can be used. Ultraviolet rays in a preferred wavelength range can be obtained by means of using a light source in combination with, for example, a filter and a diffraction grating. The radiation exposure is preferably 100J / m 2 ~ 50,000J / m 2, and more preferably 300J / m 2 ~ 20,000J / m 2. In addition, in order to improve the reactivity, the coating film may be irradiated with light while heating the coating film. The temperature during heating is usually 30°C to 250°C, preferably 40°C to 200°C, and more preferably 50°C to 150°C.

此外,也可以對摩擦處理後的液晶配向膜進一步進行以下處理而使液晶配向膜在每個區域具有不同的液晶配向能力:通過對液晶配向膜的一部分照射紫外線而使液晶配向膜的一部分區域的預傾角變化的處理;或在液晶配向膜表面的一部分形成抗蝕劑膜後,在與剛才的摩擦處理不同的方向上進行摩擦處理後,將抗蝕劑膜去除的處理。該情況下,能夠改善所得的液晶顯示元件的視野特性。適合於VA型液晶顯示元件的液晶配向膜也可以適合用於聚合物穩定配向(Polymer sustained alignment,PSA)型液晶顯示元件。 In addition, the liquid crystal alignment film after the rubbing treatment can be further subjected to the following treatment to make the liquid crystal alignment film have different liquid crystal alignment capabilities in each region: by irradiating a part of the liquid crystal alignment film with ultraviolet rays, the liquid crystal alignment film The process of changing the pretilt angle; or the process of removing the resist film after forming a resist film on a part of the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film and then performing a rubbing treatment in a direction different from the rubbing treatment just now. In this case, the visual field characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be improved. The liquid crystal alignment film suitable for VA-type liquid crystal display elements can also be suitably used for polymer sustained alignment (PSA)-type liquid crystal display elements.

[步驟(I-3):液晶單元的構築] [Step (I-3): Construction of liquid crystal cell]

準備以所述方式形成有液晶配向膜的基板2塊,在對向配置 的2塊基板間配置液晶,由此製造液晶單元。為了製造液晶單元,例如可列舉以下的2種方法。第一方法為以往已知的方法。首先,以各液晶配向膜對向的方式經由間隙(單元空隙)而將2塊基板對向配置,使用密封劑將2塊基板的周邊部貼合,在由基板表面及密封劑所劃分的單元空隙內注入填充液晶後,將注入孔密封,由此可製造液晶單元。另外,第二方法為稱為液晶滴注(One Drop Fill,ODF)方式的方法。在形成有液晶配向膜的2塊基板中的其中一塊基板上的既定部位,例如塗布紫外光硬化性的密封劑,進而在液晶配向膜面上的既定的數個部位滴加液晶後,以液晶配向膜對向的方式貼合另一塊基板,並且使液晶在基板的整個面上鋪開,繼而,對基板的整個面照射紫外光而使密封劑硬化,由此可製造液晶單元。在利用任一種方法的情況下,均理想的是對以所述方式製造的液晶單元,進而加熱至所使用的液晶取得各向同性相的溫度為止,然後緩緩冷卻至室溫,由此去除液晶填充時的流動配向。 Prepare two substrates with liquid crystal alignment films formed in the manner described above, and arrange them in opposite directions Liquid crystals are arranged between the two substrates to manufacture a liquid crystal cell. In order to manufacture a liquid crystal cell, the following two methods can be mentioned, for example. The first method is a previously known method. First, the two substrates are arranged to face each other through a gap (cell gap) so that the liquid crystal alignment films are opposed to each other. The peripheral parts of the two substrates are bonded together using a sealant, and the cells are divided by the surface of the substrate and the sealant. After injecting and filling the liquid crystal into the void, the injection hole is sealed, thereby manufacturing a liquid crystal cell. In addition, the second method is a method called One Drop Fill (ODF) method. For example, apply a UV-curable sealant to a predetermined location on one of the two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and then drop liquid crystal on predetermined locations on the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film. The alignment film is bonded to another substrate in an opposing manner, and the liquid crystal is spread on the entire surface of the substrate, and then ultraviolet light is irradiated to the entire surface of the substrate to harden the sealant, thereby manufacturing a liquid crystal cell. In the case of using either method, it is desirable to heat the liquid crystal cell manufactured in the manner described above until the temperature at which the liquid crystal used obtains the isotropic phase, and then slowly cool to room temperature, thereby removing Flow alignment during liquid crystal filling.

作為密封劑,例如可使用含有硬化劑以及作為間隔物的氧化鋁球的環氧樹脂等。另外,液晶可列舉向列型液晶(nematic liquid crystal)以及層列型液晶(smectic liquid crystal),其中優選為向列型液晶,例如可使用:希夫鹼(Schiff base)系液晶、氧化偶氮(azoxy)系液晶、聯苯系液晶、苯基環己烷系液晶、酯系液晶、三聯苯(terphenyl)系液晶、聯苯環己烷系液晶、嘧啶系液晶、二噁烷系液晶、雙環辛烷系液晶、立方烷(cubane)系液晶 等。另外,也可以在這些液晶中添加以下物質來使用:例如氯化膽甾醇(cholesteryl chloride)、膽甾醇壬酸酯(cholesteryl nonanoate)、膽甾醇碳酸酯(cholesteryl carbonate)等膽甾醇液晶(cholesteric liquid crystal);作為商品名“C-15”、“CB-15”(默克(Merck)公司製造)來銷售的手性劑(chiral agent);對癸氧基苯亞甲基-對胺基-2-甲基丁基肉桂酸酯(p-decyloxybenzylidene-p-amino-2-methylbutylcinnamate)等鐵電液晶(ferroelectric liquid crystal)等。 As the sealing agent, for example, an epoxy resin containing a curing agent and alumina balls as spacers can be used. In addition, the liquid crystals include nematic liquid crystals and smectic liquid crystals. Among them, nematic liquid crystals are preferable. For example, Schiff base liquid crystals, azo oxides can be used. (azoxy) liquid crystal, biphenyl liquid crystal, phenylcyclohexane liquid crystal, ester liquid crystal, terphenyl liquid crystal, biphenyl cyclohexane liquid crystal, pyrimidine liquid crystal, dioxane liquid crystal, bicyclic Octane-based liquid crystal, cubane-based liquid crystal Wait. In addition, the following substances can also be added to these liquid crystals for use: for example, cholesteryl chloride, cholesteryl nonanoate, cholesteryl carbonate and other cholesteric liquid crystals. ); Chiral agent sold as trade names "C-15" and "CB-15" (manufactured by Merck); p-decyloxybenzylidene-p-amino-2 -Ferroelectric liquid crystals such as p-decyloxybenzylidene-p-amino-2-methylbutylcinnamate, etc.

接著,可通過在液晶單元的外側表面貼合偏光板而獲得本發明的液晶顯示元件。貼合於液晶單元的外表面的偏光板可列舉:以乙酸纖維素保護膜夾持被稱為“H膜”的偏光膜而成的偏光板或者包含H膜其本身的偏光板,該“H膜”是一邊使聚乙烯醇延伸配向一邊使其吸收碘而成的膜。 Next, the liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be obtained by bonding a polarizing plate to the outer surface of the liquid crystal cell. Examples of the polarizing plate bonded to the outer surface of the liquid crystal cell include: a polarizing plate formed by sandwiching a polarizing film called "H film" with a cellulose acetate protective film, or a polarizing plate containing the H film itself. The "H "Film" is a film formed by absorbing iodine while extending and aligning polyvinyl alcohol.

[相位差膜] [Retardation film]

在使用本發明的液晶配向劑來製造相位差膜的情況下,就能夠在步驟中抑制灰塵或靜電的產生,而且能夠形成均勻的液晶配向膜的方面,以及能夠通過在照射放射線時使用適當的光罩而在基板上任意地形成液晶配向方向不同的多個區域的方面而言,優選為利用光配向法。具體而言,可通過經過以下的步驟(II-1)~步驟(II-3)來製造。 In the case of using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention to produce a retardation film, the generation of dust or static electricity can be suppressed in the step, and a uniform liquid crystal alignment film can be formed, and it can be used when irradiating radiation. In terms of arbitrarily forming a plurality of regions with different liquid crystal alignment directions on the substrate with a mask, it is preferable to use a photo-alignment method. Specifically, it can be manufactured by going through the following steps (II-1) to (II-3).

[步驟(II-1):利用液晶配向劑的塗膜的形成] [Step (II-1): Formation of coating film using liquid crystal alignment agent]

首先,將本發明的液晶配向劑塗布於基板上而形成塗膜。此 處所使用的基板可適合例示:包含三乙醯纖維素(TAC)、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚醚碸、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚碳酸酯等合成樹脂的透明基板。這些基板中,TAC通常用作液晶顯示元件中的偏光膜的保護層。另外,就溶劑的吸濕性低的方面、光學特性良好的方面以及低成本的方面而言,聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯可優選用作相位差膜用的基板。此外,對於液晶配向劑的塗布中使用的基板,為了使基板表面與塗膜的黏附性更良好,也可以對基板表面中形成塗膜的面實施現有公知的預處理。 First, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is coated on a substrate to form a coating film. this The substrate used in the premises can be suitably exemplified: including triacetyl cellulose (TAC), polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyether sulfide, polyamide, polyimide, polyimide Transparent substrate of synthetic resin such as methyl methacrylate and polycarbonate. Among these substrates, TAC is generally used as a protective layer of a polarizing film in a liquid crystal display element. In addition, polymethyl methacrylate can be preferably used as a substrate for a retardation film in terms of low hygroscopicity of the solvent, good optical properties, and low cost. In addition, for the substrate used in the coating of the liquid crystal alignment agent, in order to improve the adhesion between the substrate surface and the coating film, a conventionally known pretreatment may be performed on the surface of the substrate where the coating film is formed.

在很多情況下,相位差膜與偏光膜組合使用。此時,為了能夠發揮所需的光學特性,必須將相位差膜相對於偏光膜的偏光軸的角度精密地控制為特定的方向來貼合相位差膜。因此,此處,通過將在既定角度的方向上具有液晶配向能力的液晶配向膜形成於TAC膜或聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯等基板上,能夠省略一邊控制相位差膜的角度一邊將相位差膜貼合於偏光膜上的步驟。另外,由此能夠有助於提高液晶顯示元件的生產性。為了形成在既定角度的方向上具有液晶配向能力的液晶配向膜,優選為使用本發明的液晶配向劑,利用光配向法來進行。 In many cases, a retardation film is used in combination with a polarizing film. At this time, in order to be able to exhibit the required optical properties, the angle of the polarization axis of the retardation film with respect to the polarizing film must be precisely controlled to a specific direction and the retardation film must be bonded. Therefore, here, by forming a liquid crystal alignment film having liquid crystal alignment ability in a predetermined angle direction on a substrate such as a TAC film or polymethyl methacrylate, it is possible to omit the need to control the angle of the retardation film while controlling the angle of the retardation film. The step of attaching to the polarizing film. In addition, this can contribute to improving the productivity of the liquid crystal display element. In order to form a liquid crystal alignment film having a liquid crystal alignment ability in a direction of a predetermined angle, it is preferable to use the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention and perform the photo-alignment method.

液晶配向劑在基板上的塗布可利用適當的塗布方法,例如可採用:輥塗布機法、旋轉器法、印刷法、噴墨法、棒塗布機法、擠出模法、直接凹版塗布機(direct gravure coater)法、腔室刮刀片塗布機(chamber doctor coater)法、間接凹版塗布機(offset gravure coater)法、單輥吻合式塗布機(single roll kiss coater)法、使用小徑凹版輥的反吻合式塗布機(reverse kiss coater)法、三根逆轉輥塗布機(three reverse roll coater)法、四根逆轉輥塗布機法、狹縫模(slot die)法、氣刀塗布機(air doctor coater)法、正旋轉輥塗布機(positive rotation roll coater)法、刮板塗布機(blade coater)法、刮刀式塗布機(knife coater)法、含浸塗布機法、MB塗布機法、MB反向塗布機法等。 Appropriate coating methods can be used to apply the liquid crystal alignment agent on the substrate. For example, roll coater method, spinner method, printing method, inkjet method, bar coater method, extrusion die method, direct gravure coater ( direct gravure coater method, chamber doctor coater method, indirect gravure coater (offset gravure coater method, single roll kiss coater method, reverse kiss coater method using small diameter gravure rolls, three reverse roll coater method, Four reverse roll coater method, slot die method, air doctor coater method, positive rotation roll coater method, blade coater method , Knife coater method, impregnation coater method, MB coater method, MB reverse coater method, etc.

塗布後,將塗布面進行加熱(烘烤)而形成塗膜。此時的加熱溫度優選為設為40℃~150℃,更優選為設為80℃~140℃。加熱時間優選為設為0.1分鐘~15分鐘,更優選為設為1分鐘~10分鐘。形成於基板上的塗膜的膜厚優選為1nm~1,000nm,更優選為5nm~500nm。 After coating, the coated surface is heated (baked) to form a coating film. The heating temperature at this time is preferably 40°C to 150°C, and more preferably 80°C to 140°C. The heating time is preferably 0.1 minute to 15 minutes, more preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes. The thickness of the coating film formed on the substrate is preferably 1 nm to 1,000 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 500 nm.

[步驟(II-2):光照射步驟] [Step (II-2): Light irradiation step]

繼而,通過對以所述方式形成於基板上的塗膜照射光,來對塗膜賦予液晶配向能力。此處,關於所照射的光的波長、光的種類、所使用的光源的說明,可應用所述步驟(I-2)的光配向處理的說明。光的照射量優選為設為0.1mJ/cm2~1,000mJ/cm2,更優選為設為1mJ/cm2~500mJ/cm2,尤其優選為設為2mJ/cm2~200mJ/cm2Then, by irradiating the coating film formed on the substrate in the above manner with light, the coating film is provided with liquid crystal alignment ability. Here, the description of the wavelength of the irradiated light, the type of light, and the light source used can be applied to the description of the optical alignment processing in the step (I-2). Light irradiation amount is preferably set to 0.1mJ / cm 2 ~ 1,000mJ / cm 2, and more preferably set to 1mJ / cm 2 ~ 500mJ / cm 2, particularly preferably to 2mJ / cm 2 ~ 200mJ / cm 2.

[步驟(II-3):液晶層的形成] [Step (II-3): Formation of Liquid Crystal Layer]

繼而,在以所述方式進行光照射後的塗膜上塗布聚合性液晶並使其硬化。由此,形成包含聚合性液晶的塗膜(液晶層)。此處 使用的聚合性液晶是通過加熱及光照射中的至少一種處理來進行聚合的液晶化合物或者液晶組合物。所述聚合性液晶可使用現有公知的液晶,具體而言,例如可列舉非專利文獻1(《可紫外線(UV)硬化的液晶及其應用》,《液晶》第3卷第1期(1999),第34頁~第42頁)中記載的向列型液晶。另外,也可以是:膽甾醇液晶;盤狀液晶(discotic liquid crystal);添加有手性劑的扭轉向列配向型液晶等。聚合性液晶可以是多種液晶化合物的混合物。聚合性液晶也可以是更含有公知的聚合引發劑、適當的溶劑等的組合物。 Then, the polymerizable liquid crystal is coated and cured on the coating film irradiated with light in the manner described above. Thus, a coating film (liquid crystal layer) containing polymerizable liquid crystal is formed. Here The polymerizable liquid crystal used is a liquid crystal compound or liquid crystal composition polymerized by at least one of heating and light irradiation. As the polymerizable liquid crystal, a conventionally known liquid crystal can be used. Specifically, for example, Non-Patent Document 1 ("Ultraviolet (UV) Curable Liquid Crystal and Its Application", "Liquid Crystal" Vol. 3 No. 1 (1999) , Page 34~page 42) described in the nematic liquid crystal. In addition, it may also be: cholesteric liquid crystal; discotic liquid crystal; twisted nematic liquid crystal added with a chiral agent, etc. The polymerizable liquid crystal may be a mixture of multiple liquid crystal compounds. The polymerizable liquid crystal may further contain a known polymerization initiator, a suitable solvent, and the like.

為了在使用液晶配向劑而形成的塗膜上塗布如上所述的聚合性液晶,例如可採用棒塗布機法、輥塗布機法、旋轉器法、印刷法、噴墨法等適當的塗布方法。 In order to coat the above-mentioned polymerizable liquid crystal on the coating film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent, for example, an appropriate coating method such as a bar coater method, a roll coater method, a spinner method, a printing method, and an inkjet method can be used.

繼而,通過對以所述方式形成的聚合性液晶的塗膜,實施選自加熱及光照射中的一種以上處理,而使該塗膜硬化來形成液晶層。將這些處理重疊進行,可獲得良好的配向故而優選。 Then, the coating film of the polymerizable liquid crystal formed as described above is subjected to one or more treatments selected from heating and light irradiation to harden the coating film to form a liquid crystal layer. It is preferable to perform these treatments overlappingly to obtain good alignment.

塗膜的加熱溫度可根據所使用的聚合性液晶的種類來適當選擇。例如在使用默克(Merck)公司製造的RMS03-013C的情況下,優選為在40℃~80℃的範圍的溫度下進行加熱。加熱時間優選為0.5分鐘~5分鐘。 The heating temperature of the coating film can be appropriately selected according to the type of polymerizable liquid crystal used. For example, when RMS03-013C manufactured by Merck is used, it is preferable to heat at a temperature in the range of 40°C to 80°C. The heating time is preferably 0.5 minutes to 5 minutes.

照射光可優選使用具有200nm~500nm範圍的波長的非偏光的紫外線。光的照射量優選為設為50mJ/cm2~10,000mJ/cm2,更優選為設為100mJ/cm2~5,000mJ/cm2Irradiation light can preferably use non-polarized ultraviolet rays having a wavelength in the range of 200 nm to 500 nm. The amount of light irradiation is preferably 50 mJ/cm 2 to 10,000 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 100 mJ/cm 2 to 5,000 mJ/cm 2 .

所形成的液晶層的厚度是根據所需的光學特性來適當設定。 例如在製造波長為540nm的可見光的1/2波長板的情況下,選擇所形成的相位差膜的相位差成為240nm~300nm的厚度,若為1/4波長板,則選擇相位差成為120nm~150nm的厚度。獲得目標相位差的液晶層的厚度根據所使用的聚合性液晶的光學特性而不同。例如在使用默克(Merck)製造的RMS03-013C的情況下,用以製造1/4波長板的厚度為0.6μm~1.5μm的範圍。 The thickness of the formed liquid crystal layer is appropriately set according to the required optical characteristics. For example, in the case of manufacturing a 1/2-wavelength plate of visible light with a wavelength of 540nm, the thickness of the formed retardation film is selected to be 240nm~300nm, and if it is a quarter-wavelength plate, the retardation is selected to be 120nm~ 150nm thickness. The thickness of the liquid crystal layer to obtain the target retardation varies depending on the optical characteristics of the polymerizable liquid crystal used. For example, in the case of RMS03-013C manufactured by Merck, the thickness used to manufacture the quarter-wave plate is in the range of 0.6 μm to 1.5 μm.

以所述方式獲得的相位差膜可優選作為液晶顯示元件的相位差膜來應用。應用使用本發明的液晶配向劑來製造的相位差膜的液晶顯示元件對其驅動方式並無限制,例如可應用於TN型、STN型、IPS型、FFS型、VA型等公知的各種方式。所述相位差膜是對配置於液晶顯示元件的視認側的偏光板的外側面貼附相位差膜中的基板側的面來使用。因此,優選為設為如下態樣:將相位差膜的基板設為TAC製或者丙烯酸系基材,使該相位差膜的基板也作為偏光膜的保護膜發揮功能。 The retardation film obtained in this manner can be preferably used as a retardation film of a liquid crystal display element. The driving method of the liquid crystal display element using the retardation film manufactured using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is not limited. For example, it can be applied to various known methods such as TN type, STN type, IPS type, FFS type, and VA type. The retardation film is used by sticking the retardation film on the outer surface of the polarizing plate arranged on the visibility side of the liquid crystal display element on the substrate side surface. Therefore, it is preferable to set the phase difference film substrate as a TAC or acrylic base material, and make the phase difference film substrate also function as a protective film of the polarizing film.

此處,以工業規模來生產相位差膜的方法有卷對卷(roll-to-roll)方式。該方法是以連續的步驟來進行以下處理,將經過這些步驟後的膜製成捲繞體來回收的方法,所述處理為:自長條狀的基材膜的捲繞體上卷出膜,在該卷出的膜上形成液晶配向膜的處理;在液晶配向膜上塗布聚合性液晶並進行硬化的處理;以及視需要來積層保護膜的處理。使用本發明的液晶配向劑而形成的相位差膜對基板的黏附性良好,在將其製成捲繞體來保管等的情況下,液晶配向膜與基板也難以剝離。因此,能夠抑制 利用卷對卷方式來製造相位差膜時的製品良率的下降。 Here, there is a roll-to-roll method as a method of producing retardation films on an industrial scale. This method is a method in which the following treatments are carried out in continuous steps, and the film after these steps is made into a wound body for recovery. The treatment is: the film is rolled out from the wound body of a long base film , A process of forming a liquid crystal alignment film on the rolled film; a process of coating a polymerizable liquid crystal on the liquid crystal alignment film and curing; and a process of laminating a protective film if necessary. The retardation film formed by using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention has good adhesion to the substrate, and it is also difficult to peel off the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate when it is made into a roll for storage. Therefore, it is possible to suppress Decrease in product yield when using the roll-to-roll method to manufacture retardation films.

本發明的液晶顯示元件可有效地應用於多種裝置,例如可用於:鐘錶、便攜型遊戲機、文字處理器(word processor)、筆記型個人電腦(note type personal computer)、汽車導航系統(car navigation system)、攝錄機(camcorder)、個人數字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、數位照相機(digital camera)、手機、智慧型手機、各種監視器、液晶電視、資訊顯示器等各種顯示裝置。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be effectively applied to a variety of devices, such as clocks, portable game consoles, word processors, note type personal computers, car navigation systems, etc. system), camcorder (camcorder), personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), digital camera (digital camera), mobile phone, smart phone, various monitors, LCD TV, information display and other display devices.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,通過實施例,對本發明進一步進行具體說明,但本發明並不限定於這些實施例。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be further described in detail through examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.

以下的實施例以及合成例中,利用以下方法來測定聚合物的重量平均分子量Mw、醯亞胺化率及環氧當量、以及聚合物溶液的溶液黏度。 In the following examples and synthesis examples, the following methods are used to measure the weight average molecular weight Mw, the imidization rate and epoxy equivalent of the polymer, and the solution viscosity of the polymer solution.

[聚合物的重量平均分子量Mw] [Weight average molecular weight of polymer Mw]

Mw是利用以下的條件下的GPC來測定的聚苯乙烯換算值。 Mw is a polystyrene conversion value measured by GPC under the following conditions.

管柱:東曹(Tosoh)(股)製造,TSKgelGRCXLII Column: manufactured by Tosoh (stock), TSKgelGRCXLII

溶劑:含有四氫呋喃、或溴化鋰以及磷酸的N,N-二甲基甲醯胺溶液 Solvent: N,N-dimethylformamide solution containing tetrahydrofuran, or lithium bromide and phosphoric acid

溫度:40℃ Temperature: 40℃

壓力:68kgf/cm2 Pressure: 68kgf/cm 2

[聚合物的醯亞胺化率] [The imidization rate of polymer]

將含有聚醯亞胺的溶液投入至純水中,將所得的沉澱在室溫 下充分地減壓乾燥後,溶解於氘化二甲基亞碸中,將四甲基矽烷作為基準物質,在室溫下測定1H-核磁共振(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance,NMR)。根據所得的1H-NMR光譜,使用下述數學式(EX-1)來求出醯亞胺化率。 The polyimide-containing solution was poured into pure water, and the resulting precipitate was sufficiently dried under reduced pressure at room temperature, and then dissolved in deuterated dimethyl sulfide, using tetramethyl silane as the reference substance, at room temperature 1 H-Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) was measured. From the obtained 1 H-NMR spectrum, the following mathematical formula (EX-1) was used to determine the imidization rate.

醯亞胺化率(%)=(1-E1/E2×α)×100…(EX-1) The imidization rate (%)=(1-E 1 /E 2 ×α)×100…(EX-1)

(數學式(EX-1)中,E1是在化學位移10ppm附近出現的源自NH基的質子的峰值面積,E2是源自其他質子的峰值面積,α是其他質子相對於聚合物的前驅物(聚醯胺酸)中的NH基的1個質子的個數比例) (In the mathematical formula (EX-1), E 1 is the peak area of the proton derived from the NH group that appears near the chemical shift of 10 ppm, E 2 is the peak area derived from other protons, and α is the peak area of the other protons relative to the polymer The ratio of the number of protons of the NH group in the precursor (polyamide acid))

[環氧當量] [Epoxy equivalent]

環氧當量是利用JIS C 2105中記載的鹽酸-甲基乙基酮法來測定。 The epoxy equivalent is measured by the hydrochloric acid-methyl ethyl ketone method described in JIS C 2105.

[聚合物溶液的溶液黏度] [Solution viscosity of polymer solution]

聚合物溶液的溶液黏度(mPa.s)是使用E型旋轉黏度計,在25℃下測定。 The solution viscosity (mPa·s) of the polymer solution is measured at 25°C using an E-type rotary viscometer.

<化合物(C)的合成> <Synthesis of Compound (C)> [合成例1-1:化合物(DA-1)的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-1: Synthesis of Compound (DA-1)]

依據下述流程1來合成化合物(DA-1)。此外,式中,Bn表示苄基(以下相同)。 The compound (DA-1) was synthesized according to the following scheme 1. In addition, in the formula, Bn represents a benzyl group (the same applies hereinafter).

[化20]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0058-20
[化20]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0058-20

第一階段的反應是利用威廉森反應(Williamson reaction)來進行合成。首先,在具備滴加漏斗的2L三口燒瓶中,混合N-苄基-4-羥基苯胺83.7g(0.2莫耳)、1,5-二溴戊烷46g(0.42莫耳)、氟化銫121.5g(0.8莫耳)以及二甲基甲醯胺800mL,使其溶解,在60℃下攪拌4小時來進行反應。反應後,添加乙酸乙酯2000mL進行萃取,添加蒸餾水200mL來進行分液純化。將所述萃取純化反復進行5次後,自有機層中通過減壓蒸餾而去除溶劑,由此獲得二苄基中間體(所述式(DA-1-1)所表示的化合物)76.4g(0.16莫耳)。 The first stage of the reaction is the use of Williamson reaction (Williamson reaction) for synthesis. First, in a 2L three-necked flask equipped with a dropping funnel, 83.7 g (0.2 mol) of N-benzyl-4-hydroxyaniline, 46 g (0.42 mol) of 1,5-dibromopentane, and 121.5 cesium fluoride were mixed. g (0.8 mol) and 800 mL of dimethylformamide were dissolved, and the reaction was carried out by stirring at 60°C for 4 hours. After the reaction, 2000 mL of ethyl acetate was added for extraction, and 200 mL of distilled water was added for separation and purification. After repeating the extraction and purification 5 times, the solvent was removed from the organic layer by distillation under reduced pressure, thereby obtaining 76.4 g of a dibenzyl intermediate (compound represented by the formula (DA-1-1)) ( 0.16 mol).

第二階段的反應是通過烏爾曼縮合反應(Ullmann condensation reaction)來合成。在氮氣流下,在2L三口燒瓶中添加所述的聯苄基中間體(DA-1-1)76.4g(0.16莫耳)、4-碘硝基苯81.5g(0.33莫耳)、菲咯啉(phenanthroline)59g(0.33莫耳)、磷酸三鉀139g(0.65莫耳)、碘化銅9.4g(0.05莫耳) 以及二甲基乙醯胺600mL,使它們混合溶解,在回流下攪拌24小時來進行反應。反應結束後,將反應液過濾而去除催化劑後,將其濾液注入至蒸餾水2000mL中,使結晶析出。通過過濾將所析出的固體回收,以乙醇充分洗滌,使其在四氫呋喃中進行再結晶,由此獲得硝基中間體(所述式(DA-1-2)所表示的化合物)35g(0.05莫耳)。 The second stage of the reaction is synthesized by Ullmann condensation reaction. Under nitrogen flow, add 76.4 g (0.16 mol) of the bibenzyl intermediate (DA-1-1), 81.5 g (0.33 mol) of 4-iodonitrobenzene, and phenanthroline in a 2L three-necked flask (phenanthroline) 59g (0.33 mol), tripotassium phosphate 139g (0.65 mol), copper iodide 9.4g (0.05 mol) And 600 mL of dimethylacetamide, mixed and dissolved them, and stirred for 24 hours under reflux to perform the reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction liquid was filtered to remove the catalyst, and the filtrate was poured into 2000 mL of distilled water to precipitate crystals. The precipitated solid was recovered by filtration, fully washed with ethanol, and recrystallized in tetrahydrofuran to obtain 35 g (0.05 mole) of the nitro intermediate (the compound represented by the formula (DA-1-2)) ear).

第三階段的反應是通過氫還原反應來合成。在氮氣流下,在500mL三口燒瓶中添加所述的硝基中間體(DA-1-2)35g、3g的5%Pd/C、乙醇50mL、四氫呋喃50mL以及肼一水合物35mL後,以氫再次置換,在氫存在下在室溫下進行反應。利用高效液相色譜法(High Performance Liquid Chromatography,HPLC)進行反應追蹤,確認反應進行後進行過濾。在濾液中添加乙酸乙酯1000mL,添加蒸餾水100mL進行分液純化。將所述萃取純化反復進行5次後,自有機層中通過減壓蒸餾而去除溶劑,由此使固體析出。使所析出的固體在四氫呋喃、乙醇的混合溶劑中進行再結晶,由此獲得化合物(DA-1)18.5g(0.04莫耳)。 The third stage of the reaction is synthesis by hydrogen reduction reaction. Under nitrogen flow, add 35 g of the nitro intermediate (DA-1-2), 3 g of 5% Pd/C, 50 mL of ethanol, 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran and 35 mL of hydrazine monohydrate in a 500 mL three-necked flask, and then add hydrogen again The displacement is carried out at room temperature in the presence of hydrogen. The reaction was followed by high performance liquid chromatography (High Performance Liquid Chromatography, HPLC), and filtration was performed after confirming the progress of the reaction. 1000 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate, and 100 mL of distilled water was added to perform liquid separation and purification. After repeating the extraction and purification 5 times, the solvent was removed from the organic layer by distillation under reduced pressure, thereby depositing a solid. The precipitated solid was recrystallized in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran and ethanol to obtain 18.5 g (0.04 mol) of compound (DA-1).

[合成例1-2:化合物(DA-2)的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-2: Synthesis of Compound (DA-2)]

依據下述流程2,使用與化合物(DA-1)相同的合成反應配方來獲得化合物(DA-2)。 According to the following scheme 2, the compound (DA-2) was obtained using the same synthesis reaction recipe as that of the compound (DA-1).

[化21]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0060-21
[化21]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0060-21

[合成例1-3:化合物(DA-3)的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-3: Synthesis of Compound (DA-3)]

依據下述流程3,使用與化合物(DA-1)相同的合成反應配方來獲得化合物(DA-3)。此外,第二階段的反應是使用非專利文獻2(有機化學雜誌《The Journal of Organic Chemistry》,2002,67,6479)中記載的方法來合成。 According to the following Scheme 3, the compound (DA-3) was obtained using the same synthesis reaction recipe as that of the compound (DA-1). In addition, the second-stage reaction is synthesized using the method described in Non-Patent Document 2 (The Journal of Organic Chemistry, 2002, 67, 6479).

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0060-22
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0060-22

[合成例1-4:化合物(DA-4)的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-4: Synthesis of Compound (DA-4)]

依據下述流程4,使用與化合物(DA-1)相同的合成反應配方來獲得化合物(DA-4)。此外,第二階段的反應是通過水解反應來合成,第三階段是通過利用1-乙基-3-(3-二甲基胺基丙基)碳二醯亞胺鹽酸鹽的縮合反應來合成。 According to the following Scheme 4, the compound (DA-4) was obtained using the same synthesis reaction recipe as the compound (DA-1). In addition, the second stage of the reaction is synthesis by hydrolysis, and the third stage is by the condensation reaction of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride. synthesis.

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0061-23
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0061-23

[合成例1-5:化合物(DA-5)的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-5: Synthesis of Compound (DA-5)]

依據下述流程5,使用與化合物(DA-1)相同的合成反應配方來獲得化合物(DA-5)。 According to the following Scheme 5, the compound (DA-5) was obtained using the same synthesis reaction formula as the compound (DA-1).

[化24]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0062-24
[化24]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0062-24

[合成例1-6:化合物(DA-6)的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-6: Synthesis of Compound (DA-6)]

依據下述流程6,使用與化合物(DA-1)相同的合成反應配方來獲得化合物(DA-6)。 According to the following Scheme 6, the compound (DA-6) was obtained using the same synthesis reaction formula as that of the compound (DA-1).

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0062-25
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0062-25

[合成例1-7:化合物(DA-7)的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-7: Synthesis of Compound (DA-7)]

依據下述流程7,使用與化合物(DA-1)相同的合成反應配方來獲得化合物(DA-7)。 According to the following Scheme 7, the compound (DA-7) was obtained using the same synthesis reaction recipe as that of the compound (DA-1).

[化26]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0063-26
[化26]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0063-26

[合成例1-8:DA-8的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-8: Synthesis of DA-8]

依據下述流程8,使用與化合物(DA-1)相同的合成反應配方來獲得化合物(DA-8)。此外,單硝基單碘中間體(所述式(DA-8-1)所表示的化合物)的合成中的第一階段是利用弗裡德爾-克拉夫茨反應(Friedel-Crafts reaction)來合成,第二階段是在作為強酸的三氟甲磺酸的存在下,使用利用三乙基矽烷的矽烷羰基的還原反應來合成。 According to the following Scheme 8, the compound (DA-8) was obtained using the same synthesis reaction formula as the compound (DA-1). In addition, the first step in the synthesis of the mononitromonoiodine intermediate (the compound represented by the formula (DA-8-1)) is to use the Friedel-Crafts reaction to synthesize The second stage is the synthesis using the reduction reaction of the silyl carbonyl group of triethylsilane in the presence of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid as a strong acid.

[化27]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0064-27
[化27]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0064-27

[合成例1-9:化合物(DA-9)的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-9: Synthesis of Compound (DA-9)]

依據下述流程9,使用與化合物(DA-1)相同的合成反應配方來獲得化合物(DA-9)。 According to the following Scheme 9, the compound (DA-9) was obtained using the same synthesis reaction recipe as that of the compound (DA-1).

[化28]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0065-28
[化28]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0065-28

[合成例1-10:化合物(DA-10)的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-10: Synthesis of Compound (DA-10)]

依據下述流程10,使用與化合物(DA-1)相同的合成反應配方來獲得化合物(DA-10)。此外,單硝基單羥基中間體(所述式(DA-10-1)所表示的化合物)的合成中的第一階段是利用弗裡德爾-克拉夫茨反應來合成,第二階段是通過利用溴化鋰的甲氧基的脫保護反應來合成,第三階段是在作為強酸的三氟甲磺酸的存在下,使用利用三乙基矽烷的矽烷羰基的還原反應來合成。 According to the following Scheme 10, the compound (DA-10) was obtained using the same synthesis reaction formula as the compound (DA-1). In addition, the first stage in the synthesis of the mononitro monohydroxy intermediate (the compound represented by the formula (DA-10-1)) is synthesis by Friedel-Crafts reaction, and the second stage is by It is synthesized by the deprotection reaction of the methoxy group of lithium bromide, and the third stage is synthesis using the reduction reaction of the silyl carbonyl group of triethylsilane in the presence of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid as a strong acid.

[化29]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0066-29
[化29]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0066-29

<化合物(C1)的合成> <Synthesis of Compound (C1)> [合成例1-11:化合物(DA-22)的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-11: Synthesis of Compound (DA-22)]

依據下述流程11,獲得化合物(DA-22)。此外,第一階段的合成是通過克及文納蓋爾反應(Knoevenagel reaction)來獲得中間體(下述式(DA-22-1)所表示的化合物)。第二階段利用與化合物(DA-1)相同的方法來進行還原。 According to the following scheme 11, compound (DA-22) was obtained. In addition, in the first stage of synthesis, an intermediate (a compound represented by the following formula (DA-22-1)) is obtained by Knoevenagel reaction. The second stage uses the same method as the compound (DA-1) to perform reduction.

[化30]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0067-30
[化30]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0067-30

[合成例1-12:化合物(DA-23)的合成] [Synthesis Example 1-12: Synthesis of Compound (DA-23)]

依據下述流程12,在鋅存在下,以水作為催化劑,將化合物(DA-22-1)進行還原,由此獲得化合物(DA-23)。 According to the following Scheme 12, the compound (DA-22-1) is reduced in the presence of zinc with water as a catalyst to obtain the compound (DA-23).

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0067-31
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0067-31

<聚合物的合成> <Synthesis of polymers> .聚醯胺酸的合成 . Synthesis of polyamide acid [合成例2-1:聚合物(PAm-1)的合成] [Synthesis Example 2-1: Synthesis of Polymer (PAm-1)]

向反應容器中,以下述表1中記載的混合比例(莫耳份)且以合計重量成為30g的方式加入四羧酸二酐及二胺,進而添加N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮(N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone,NMP)170g進行溶解,在60℃下進行6小時反應。繼而,將所得的反應混合物注入至大量過剩的甲醇中,使反應產物沉澱。將所回收的沉澱物以甲醇洗 滌後,在減壓下在40℃下乾燥15小時,由此獲得聚合物(PAm-1)。此外,關於四羧酸二酐,表1中的數值表示相對於反應中使用的四羧酸二酐的總量的使用比例(莫耳%),關於二胺,表1中的數值表示相對於反應中使用的二胺的總量的使用比例(莫耳%)。繼而,將所述獲得的聚合物(PAm-1)以成為15重量%的方式溶解於NMP中,測定各自的溶液黏度。測定結果一併示於下述表1中。另外,對於所述獲得的聚合物溶液,在20℃下靜置3天后結果未進行凝膠化,保存穩定性良好。 In the reaction vessel, tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine were added at the mixing ratio (mole part) described in Table 1 below and the total weight was 30 g, and further N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (N- 170 g of methyl-2-pyrrolidone, NMP) was dissolved and reacted at 60°C for 6 hours. Then, the resulting reaction mixture was poured into a large amount of excess methanol to precipitate the reaction product. Wash the recovered precipitate with methanol After washing, it was dried under reduced pressure at 40°C for 15 hours, thereby obtaining a polymer (PAm-1). In addition, regarding tetracarboxylic dianhydride, the numerical values in Table 1 indicate the use ratio (mol %) relative to the total amount of tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the reaction, and regarding diamines, the numerical values in Table 1 indicate relative The use ratio (mol%) of the total amount of diamine used in the reaction. Then, the obtained polymer (PAm-1) was dissolved in NMP so as to become 15% by weight, and the viscosity of each solution was measured. The measurement results are shown in Table 1 below. In addition, the obtained polymer solution did not undergo gelation after being allowed to stand at 20°C for 3 days, and the storage stability was good.

[合成例2-2~合成例2-18:聚合物(PAm-2)~聚合物(PAm-18)的合成] [Synthesis example 2-2~Synthesis example 2-18: Synthesis of polymer (PAm-2)~polymer (PAm-18)]

除了將四羧酸二酐及二胺的混合比例變更為下述表1及表2中記載的數值以外,進行與合成例2-1相同的操作,分別獲得聚合物(PAm-2)~聚合物(PAm-18)。將以與合成例2-1相同的方式測定各聚合物的溶液黏度而得的結果一併示於下述表1及表2中。另外,對於所述獲得的各聚合物溶液,在20℃下靜置3天后,結果除了聚合物(PAm-14)以外均未進行凝膠化,保存穩定性良好。聚合物(PAm-14)進行凝膠化,流動性消失。 Except that the mixing ratio of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine was changed to the values described in Table 1 and Table 2 below, the same operations as in Synthesis Example 2-1 were performed to obtain polymers (PAm-2) ~ polymerization物(PAm-18). The results of measuring the solution viscosity of each polymer in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2-1 are shown in Table 1 and Table 2 below. In addition, for each polymer solution obtained as described above, after being allowed to stand at 20°C for 3 days, no gelation was performed except for the polymer (PAm-14), and the storage stability was good. The polymer (PAm-14) gelled and its fluidity disappeared.

.聚醯亞胺的合成 . Synthesis of polyimide [合成例3-1:聚合物(PIm-1)的合成] [Synthesis Example 3-1: Synthesis of Polymer (PIm-1)]

以下述表2中記載的混合比例(莫耳份)且以合計重量成為30g的方式加入四羧酸二酐及二胺,進而添加170g的NMP,通過與合成例2-1相同的操作來合成聚醯胺酸。繼而,追加200g的 NMP,添加下述表2所示的量(數值表示相對於酸二酐的合計100莫耳份而言的莫耳份)的吡啶及乙酸酐,在80℃下進行6小時脫水閉環反應。繼而,將反應混合物注入至大量過剩的甲醇中,使反應產物沉澱。將所回收的沉澱物以甲醇洗滌後,在減壓下在40℃下乾燥15小時,由此獲得聚合物(PIm-1)。 Tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine were added in the mixing ratio (mole part) described in the following Table 2 so that the total weight became 30 g, and 170 g of NMP was added, and synthesized by the same operation as Synthesis Example 2-1 Polyamide acid. Then, add 200g NMP was added with pyridine and acetic anhydride in the amounts shown in Table 2 below (numerical values indicate molar parts with respect to 100 molar parts in total of acid dianhydride), and dehydration ring-closure reaction was performed at 80°C for 6 hours. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into a large amount of excess methanol to precipitate the reaction product. After washing the recovered precipitate with methanol, it was dried under reduced pressure at 40°C for 15 hours to obtain a polymer (PIm-1).

繼而,將所述獲得的聚合物(PIm-1)以成為15重量%的方式溶解於NMP中,測定各自的溶液黏度。另外,對醯亞胺化率也進行測定。它們的測定結果示於下述表2中。進而,對於所述獲得的聚合物溶液,在20℃下靜置3天后結果未進行凝膠化,保存穩定性良好。 Then, the obtained polymer (PIm-1) was dissolved in NMP so as to be 15% by weight, and the viscosity of each solution was measured. In addition, the imidization rate was also measured. These measurement results are shown in Table 2 below. Furthermore, the obtained polymer solution did not undergo gelation after being allowed to stand at 20°C for 3 days, and the storage stability was good.

[合成例3-2:聚合物(PIm-2)的合成] [Synthesis Example 3-2: Synthesis of Polymer (PIm-2)]

除了將四羧酸二酐及二胺的混合比例變更為下述表2中記載的數值以外,進行與合成例3-1相同的操作,獲得聚合物(PIm-2)。將以與合成例3-1相同的方式測定聚合物(PIm-2)的溶液黏度而得的結果以及醯亞胺化率的測定結果一併示於下述表2中。另外,對於所述獲得的聚合物溶液,在20℃下靜置3天后結果未進行凝膠化,保存穩定性良好。 Except that the mixing ratio of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine was changed to the value described in Table 2 below, the same operation as in Synthesis Example 3-1 was performed to obtain a polymer (PIm-2). The results of the measurement of the solution viscosity of the polymer (PIm-2) in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 3-1 and the measurement results of the imidization rate are shown in Table 2 below. In addition, the obtained polymer solution did not undergo gelation after being allowed to stand at 20°C for 3 days, and the storage stability was good.

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0070-32
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0070-32

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0071-33
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0071-33

表1及表2中的化合物的簡稱為以下含義。另外,表2中,吡啶及乙酸酐的數值表示相對於反應中使用的四羧酸二酐的合計100莫耳份而言的莫耳份。 The abbreviations of the compounds in Table 1 and Table 2 have the following meanings. In addition, in Table 2, the numerical values of pyridine and acetic anhydride represent molar parts with respect to a total of 100 molar parts of tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the reaction.

(四羧酸二酐) (Tetracarboxylic dianhydride)

AN-1:1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐 AN-1: 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride

AN-2:均苯四甲酸二酐 AN-2: Pyromellitic dianhydride

AN-3:2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 AN-3: 2,3,5-Tricarboxycyclopentylacetic dianhydride

AN-4:乙二胺四乙酸二酐 AN-4: Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid dianhydride

AN-5:5-(2,5-二氧代四氫呋喃-3-基)-8-甲基-3a,4,5,9b-四氫萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮 AN-5: 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-8-methyl-3a,4,5,9b-tetrahydronaphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3 -Diketone

AN-6:雙環[3.3.0]辛烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸2:4,6:8-二酐 AN-6: Bicyclo[3.3.0]octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid 2:4,6:8-dianhydride

AN-7:1,3-丙二醇雙(偏苯三甲酸酐酯) AN-7: 1,3-propanediol bis(trimellitic anhydride)

AN-8:1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二酐 AN-8: 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride

(二胺) (Diamine)

DA-11:1,7-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)庚烷 DA-11: 1,7-bis(4-aminophenoxy)heptane

DA-12:4,4'-二胺基二苯基胺 DA-12: 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine

DA-13:下述式(DA-13)所表示的化合物 DA-13: A compound represented by the following formula (DA-13)

DA-14:下述式(DA-14)所表示的化合物 DA-14: A compound represented by the following formula (DA-14)

DA-15:下述式(DA-15)所表示的化合物 DA-15: A compound represented by the following formula (DA-15)

DA-16:4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷 DA-16: 4,4'-Diaminodiphenylmethane

DA-17:4-胺基苯基-4'-胺基苯甲酸酯 DA-17: 4-Aminophenyl-4'-aminobenzoate

DA-18:所述式(DA-18)所表示的化合物 DA-18: The compound represented by the formula (DA-18)

DA-19:4-(4-胺基苯氧基羰基)-1-(4-胺基苯基)哌啶 DA-19: 4-(4-aminophenoxycarbonyl)-1-(4-aminophenyl)piperidine

DA-20:4-(十四烷醯氧基)苯-1,3-二胺 DA-20: 4-(tetradecyloxy)benzene-1,3-diamine

DA-21:3,5-二胺基苯甲酸膽甾烷基酯 DA-21: 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid cholesteryl ester

[化32]

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0073-34
[化32]
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0073-34

.含光配向性基的聚有機矽氧烷的合成 . Synthesis of Polyorganosiloxane Containing Optical Orientation Group [合成例4-1:聚合物(PSi-1)的合成] [Synthesis Example 4-1: Synthesis of Polymer (PSi-1)]

在具備攪拌機、溫度計、滴加漏斗及回流冷卻管的反應容器中,加入2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷100.0g、甲基異丁基酮500g以及三乙胺10.0g,在室溫下進行混合。向其中,自滴加漏斗花30分鐘滴加去離子水100g後,一邊在回流下混合,一邊在80℃下進行6小時反應。反應結束後,取出有機層,利用0.2重量%硝酸銨水溶液將所述有機層洗滌至洗滌後的水成為中性為止,然後在減壓下蒸餾去除溶劑及水,由此以黏稠的透明液體的形式獲得具有氧雜環丙基的聚有機矽氧烷。對該具有氧雜環丙基的聚有機矽氧烷進行1H-NMR分析,結果在化學位移(δ)=3.2ppm附近,如理論強度般獲得基於氧雜環丙基的峰值,確認反應中未產生氧雜環丙基的副反應。測定該具有氧雜環丙基的聚有機矽氧烷的環氧當量,結果為186g/當量。 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping funnel, and a reflux cooling tube, 100.0 g of 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyl trimethoxysilane, 500 g of methyl isobutyl ketone, and three 10.0 g of ethylamine was mixed at room temperature. To this, after adding 100 g of deionized water dropwise from the dropping funnel for 30 minutes, the reaction was performed at 80° C. for 6 hours while mixing under reflux. After the reaction, the organic layer was taken out, and the organic layer was washed with a 0.2% by weight ammonium nitrate aqueous solution until the washed water became neutral, and then the solvent and water were distilled off under reduced pressure to form a viscous transparent liquid The form obtains the polyorganosiloxane with oxocyclopropyl. The 1 H-NMR analysis of the polyorganosiloxane with oxepan groups showed that the chemical shift (δ)=3.2 ppm was around, and the peak based on the oxepan groups was obtained as the theoretical strength. It was confirmed that the reaction was in progress There is no side reaction of oxocyclopropyl. The epoxy equivalent of the polyorganosiloxane having an oxepan group was measured, and the result was 186 g/equivalent.

繼而,在100mL的三口燒瓶中,加入所述獲得的具有氧雜環丙基的聚有機矽氧烷9.3g、甲基異丁基酮26g、4-苯氧基肉桂酸3g及UCAT 18X(商品名,三亞普羅(San-Apro)(股)製造)0.10 g,在80℃下一邊攪拌一邊進行12小時反應。反應結束後,回收將反應混合物投入至甲醇中而生成的沉澱物,將所述沉澱物溶解於乙酸乙酯中而製成溶液,將該溶液水洗3次後,蒸餾去除溶劑,由此以白色粉末的形成獲得具有氧雜環丙基及肉桂酸結構的聚有機矽氧烷(PSi-1)6.3g。對該聚有機矽氧烷(PSi-1),以GPC測定而得的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量Mw為3,500。 Then, in a 100 mL three-necked flask, 9.3 g of the obtained polyorganosiloxane with oxirane, 26 g of methyl isobutyl ketone, 3 g of 4-phenoxy cinnamic acid and UCAT 18X (commercial Name, manufactured by San-Apro (Stock) 0.10 g, react for 12 hours while stirring at 80°C. After the reaction, the precipitate formed by putting the reaction mixture into methanol was recovered, and the precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate to prepare a solution. After the solution was washed three times with water, the solvent was distilled off to give a white The powder is formed to obtain 6.3 g of polyorganosiloxane (PSi-1) having an oxocyclopropyl and cinnamic acid structure. For this polyorganosiloxane (PSi-1), the weight average molecular weight Mw in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC was 3,500.

[實施例1-1:光配向FFS型液晶顯示元件] [Example 1-1: Optically aligned FFS type liquid crystal display element] (1)液晶配向劑的製備 (1) Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent

將作為聚合物的合成例2-4中獲得的聚合物(PAm-4)50重量份以及合成例2-11中獲得的聚合物(PAm-11)50重量份,溶解於包含γ-丁內酯(γ-butyrolactone,GBL)、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮(NMP)及丁基溶纖劑(butyl cellosolve,BC)的混合溶劑(GBL:NMP:BC=40:40:20(重量比))中,製成固體成分濃度為3.5重量%的溶液。將該溶液以孔徑為0.2μm的過濾器進行過濾,由此製備液晶配向劑。 As a polymer, 50 parts by weight of the polymer (PAm-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 2-4 and 50 parts by weight of the polymer (PAm-11) obtained in Synthesis Example 2-11 were dissolved in the γ-butane Mixed solvent of ester (γ-butyrolactone, GBL), N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) and butyl cellosolve (BC) (GBL: NMP: BC=40:40:20 (weight ratio)) In the solution, a solid content concentration of 3.5% by weight was prepared. The solution was filtered with a filter having a pore diameter of 0.2 μm, thereby preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent.

(2)塗膜的表面凹凸性的評價 (2) Evaluation of surface unevenness of coating film

使用旋轉器,將所述製備的液晶配向劑塗布於玻璃基板上,在80℃的加熱板上進行1分鐘預烘烤後,在將庫內進行了氮氣置換的200℃烘箱中,加熱(後烘烤)1小時,由此形成平均膜厚為1,000Å的塗膜。利用原子力顯微鏡(Atomic Force Microscope,AFM)來觀察該塗膜,測定中心平均粗糙度(Ra)。以如下方式進行評價:將Ra小於2.0nm的情況評價為表面凹凸性“良好”, 將2.0nm以上且小於5.0nm的情況評價為“可”,將5.0nm以上的情況評價為“不良”。本實施例中Ra=0.8nm,表面凹凸性為“良好”。 Using a spinner, the prepared liquid crystal alignment agent was coated on a glass substrate, and after pre-baking on a hot plate at 80°C for 1 minute, it was heated in an oven at 200°C in which nitrogen was replaced in the library (after Baking) for 1 hour, thereby forming a coating film with an average film thickness of 1,000 Å. The coating film was observed by an atomic force microscope (Atomic Force Microscope, AFM), and the center average roughness (Ra) was measured. The evaluation was performed as follows: when Ra is less than 2.0 nm, the surface unevenness is evaluated as "good", The case of 2.0 nm or more and less than 5.0 nm was evaluated as "acceptable", and the case of 5.0 nm or more was evaluated as "bad". In this example, Ra=0.8 nm, and the surface unevenness is "good".

(3)透射率的評價 (3) Evaluation of transmittance

對所述獲得的塗膜,使用分光光度計(日立製作所(股)製造的150-20型雙光束),對波長400nm下的光線透射率(%)進行評價。以如下方式進行評價:將光線透射率為97%以上的情況評價為“良好”,將95%以上且小於97%的情況評價為“可”,將小於95%的情況評價為“不良”。其結果為,該塗膜的光線透射率為99.0%,透射性“良好”。 For the obtained coating film, the light transmittance (%) at a wavelength of 400 nm was evaluated using a spectrophotometer (150-20 type dual beam manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The evaluation was performed as follows: the case where the light transmittance was 97% or more was evaluated as “good”, the case where the light transmittance was more than 95% and less than 97% was evaluated as “acceptable”, and the case where the light transmittance was less than 95% was evaluated as “bad”. As a result, the light transmittance of this coating film was 99.0%, and the transmittance was "good".

(4)配向性的評價 (4) Evaluation of orientation

對於所述獲得的塗膜,使用Hg-Xe燈以及格蘭泰勒稜鏡(Glan-Taylor prism),自基板法線方向照射包含313nm的明線的偏光紫外線300J/m2來實施配向處理。對於該帶有配向膜的玻璃基板,使用摩瑞斯(MORITEX)公司製造的液晶配向膜檢查裝置(雷斯堪(LayScan))來測定折射率各向異性(nm)。以如下方式進行評價:將0.020nm以上的情況評價為“良好”,將小於0.020nm且0.010nm以上的情況評價為“可”,將小於0.010的情況評價為“不良”。其結果為,該基板的折射率各向異性為0.037nm,配向性“良好”。 For the obtained coating film, a Hg-Xe lamp and a Glan-Taylor prism were used to irradiate a polarized ultraviolet 300 J/m 2 containing a bright line of 313 nm from the normal direction of the substrate to perform alignment treatment. For the glass substrate with an alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment film inspection device (LayScan) manufactured by MORITEX was used to measure the refractive index anisotropy (nm). The evaluation was performed as follows: the case of 0.020 nm or more was evaluated as "good", the case of less than 0.020 nm and 0.010 nm or more as "acceptable", and the case of less than 0.010 as "bad". As a result, the refractive index anisotropy of this substrate was 0.037 nm, and the orientation was "good".

(5)使用光配向法的FFS型液晶顯示元件的製造 (5) Manufacturing of FFS-type liquid crystal display elements using optical alignment method

製作圖1所示的FFS型液晶顯示元件10。首先,將在單面具 有電極對且所述電極對依次形成有不具有圖案的底部電極15、作為絕緣層14的氮化矽膜、以及圖案化為梳齒狀的頂部電極13的玻璃基板11a,與未設置電極的對向玻璃基板11b作為一對,在玻璃基板11a的具有透明電極的面與對向玻璃基板11b的一面上,使用旋轉器,分別塗布所述(1)中製備的液晶配向劑而形成塗膜。繼而,將該塗膜在80℃的加熱板上進行1分鐘預烘烤後,在將庫內進行了氮氣置換的烘箱中以230℃進行15分鐘加熱(後烘烤),形成平均膜厚為1,000Å的塗膜。將此處所使用的頂部電極13的平面示意圖示於圖2(a)及圖2(b)中。此外,圖2(a)為頂部電極13的俯視圖,圖2(b)為圖2(a)的由虛線包圍的部分C1的放大圖。本實施例中,使用具有電極的線寬d1為4μm、且電極間的距離d2為6μm的頂部電極的基板。另外,頂部電極13是使用電極A、電極B、電極C及電極D的4系統的驅動電極。圖3中表示該液晶顯示元件的驅動電極的構成。該情況下,底部電極15作為共用電極而作用於4系統的全部驅動電極,4系統的驅動電極的區域分別成為畫素區域。 The FFS type liquid crystal display element 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced. First, will be in the single mask There is an electrode pair and a glass substrate 11a on which a bottom electrode 15 without a pattern, a silicon nitride film as an insulating layer 14, and a top electrode 13 patterned into a comb-tooth shape are formed in this order, and the electrode pair without electrodes The opposite glass substrate 11b is a pair. On the surface of the glass substrate 11a with the transparent electrode and one surface of the opposite glass substrate 11b, using a spinner, the liquid crystal alignment agent prepared in (1) is applied to form a coating film. . Then, the coating film was pre-baked on a hot plate at 80°C for 1 minute, and then heated (post-baked) at 230°C for 15 minutes in an oven that replaced the inside of the library with nitrogen. The average film thickness was 1,000Å coating film. The schematic plan view of the top electrode 13 used here is shown in FIG. 2(a) and FIG. 2(b). In addition, FIG. 2(a) is a plan view of the top electrode 13, and FIG. 2(b) is an enlarged view of a portion C1 surrounded by a broken line in FIG. 2(a). In this embodiment, a substrate having a top electrode with an electrode line width d1 of 4 μm and a distance d2 between the electrodes of 6 μm is used. In addition, the top electrode 13 is a four-system drive electrode using electrode A, electrode B, electrode C, and electrode D. Fig. 3 shows the structure of the drive electrode of the liquid crystal display element. In this case, the bottom electrode 15 acts as a common electrode on all the driving electrodes of the 4 systems, and the regions of the driving electrodes of the 4 systems are pixel regions.

繼而,對於這些塗膜的各表面,分別使用Hg-Xe燈以及格蘭泰勒稜鏡,自基板法線方向照射包含313nm的明線的偏光紫外線300J/m2,獲得具有液晶配向膜的一對基板。此時,偏光紫外線的照射方向設為來自基板法線方向,以將偏光紫外線的偏光面投影至基板上的線段的方向成為圖2(a)及圖2(b)中的雙向箭頭的方向的方式設定偏光面方向後,進行光照射處理。 Then, for each surface of these coating films, using Hg-Xe lamp and Glan Taylor horn, irradiated with 313nm bright line polarized ultraviolet light 300J/m 2 from the normal direction of the substrate to obtain a pair of liquid crystal alignment films. Substrate. At this time, the irradiation direction of the polarized ultraviolet rays is set from the normal direction of the substrate, and the direction of the line segment projecting the polarized surface of the polarized ultraviolet rays onto the substrate becomes the direction of the double-headed arrow in Figure 2(a) and Figure 2(b) After setting the direction of the polarization plane, perform light irradiation treatment.

繼而,在所述基板中的其中1塊基板的具有液晶配向膜的面的外周,通過網版印刷來塗布加入有直徑為5.5μm的氧化鋁球的環氧樹脂黏接劑後,使1對基板的液晶配向膜面對向,以將偏光紫外線的偏光面投影至基板上的方向成為平行的方式重疊而壓接,在150℃下花1小時使黏接劑進行熱硬化。繼而,自液晶注入口向基板間隙中填充默克(Merck)公司製造的液晶“MLC-6221”後,利用環氧樹脂黏接劑將液晶注入口密封。然後,為了去除液晶注入時的流動配向,將其加熱至150℃後緩緩冷卻至室溫。 Then, on the outer periphery of the surface with the liquid crystal alignment film of one of the substrates, an epoxy resin adhesive added with alumina balls with a diameter of 5.5 μm was coated by screen printing, and then a pair of The liquid crystal alignment film of the substrate faces each other, and the polarizing surface of the polarized ultraviolet light is projected onto the substrate in parallel, overlapping and pressure-bonded, and the adhesive is thermally cured at 150°C for 1 hour. Then, the liquid crystal "MLC-6221" manufactured by Merck was filled into the substrate gap from the liquid crystal injection port, and the liquid crystal injection port was sealed with an epoxy resin adhesive. Then, in order to remove the flow alignment during liquid crystal injection, it was heated to 150°C and then slowly cooled to room temperature.

繼而,通過在基板的外側兩面貼合偏光板,來製造FFS型液晶顯示元件。此時,偏光板中的其中1塊是以其偏光方向與液晶配向膜的偏光紫外線的偏光面對基板面的射影方向成為平行的方式貼附,另一塊是以其偏光方向與剛才的偏光板的偏光方向正交的方式貼附。 Then, the FFS type liquid crystal display element was manufactured by bonding polarizing plates to both outer sides of the substrate. At this time, one of the polarizing plates is attached so that its polarization direction is parallel to the projection direction of the polarized ultraviolet rays of the liquid crystal alignment film on the substrate surface, and the other is attached so that its polarization direction is the same as the previous polarizing plate. Attached in a way orthogonal to the polarization direction.

將所述方法反復進行,製造合計5個的FFS型液晶顯示元件,在下述的液晶配向性的評價、耐熱性的評價、耐邊框不均性、殘像特性及對比度特性的評價中各提供1個。其中,在任一種情況下均不進行電壓施加下的紫外線照射。另外,關於對比度特性的評價中使用的液晶單元,不貼合偏光板。 The above method was repeated to produce a total of 5 FFS-type liquid crystal display elements, which were provided in the following evaluation of liquid crystal orientation, heat resistance, frame unevenness, residual image characteristics, and contrast characteristics. One. However, ultraviolet irradiation under voltage application is not performed in either case. In addition, regarding the liquid crystal cell used in the evaluation of the contrast characteristic, no polarizing plate was bonded.

(6)液晶配向性的評價 (6) Evaluation of liquid crystal orientation

對於所述製造的FFS型液晶顯示元件,利用顯微鏡以倍率50倍來觀察當接通.斷開(ON.OFF)(施加.解除)5V電壓時的明暗 變化中的異常區域的有無。以如下方式進行評價:將未觀察到異常區域的情況評價為液晶配向性“良好”,將觀察到異常區域的情況評價為液晶配向性“不良”。該液晶顯示元件中液晶配向性“良好”。 For the manufactured FFS type liquid crystal display element, use a microscope to observe when it is turned on at a magnification of 50 times. Turn off (ON, OFF) (apply, release) the brightness when 5V voltage The presence or absence of abnormal areas that are changing. The evaluation was performed in the following manner: the case where the abnormal area was not observed was evaluated as "good" for the liquid crystal alignment, and the case where the abnormal area was observed was evaluated as "bad" for the liquid crystal alignment. The liquid crystal alignment in this liquid crystal display element was "good".

(7)電壓保持率的評價 (7) Evaluation of voltage retention

對於所述製造的FFS型液晶顯示元件,在23℃下以60微秒的施加時間、167毫秒的跨度施加5V電壓後,測定自施加解除起167毫秒後的電壓保持率(VHR),結果,電壓保持率為99.4%。此外,測定裝置是使用東陽特克尼卡(Toyo Technica)(股)製造的VHR-1。 For the manufactured FFS type liquid crystal display element, after applying a voltage of 5V at 23°C with an application time of 60 microseconds and a span of 167 milliseconds, the voltage retention rate (VHR) after 167 milliseconds from the release of the application was measured. As a result, The voltage retention rate is 99.4%. In addition, the measuring device used VHR-1 manufactured by Toyo Technica (stock).

(8)耐熱性的評價 (8) Evaluation of heat resistance

以與所述(7)電壓保持率的評價相同的方式來測定電壓保持率,將其值作為初始VHR(VHRBF)。繼而,對於初始VHR測定後的液晶顯示元件,在100℃的烘箱中靜置500小時。然後,將該液晶顯示元件在室溫下靜置而放置冷卻至室溫後,以與所述相同的方式測定電壓保持率,將其值作為VHRAF。另外,根據下述數學式(EX-2),求出熱應力賦予前後的電壓保持率的變化率(△VHR(%))。 The voltage holding ratio was measured in the same manner as the evaluation of the voltage holding ratio in (7), and the value was taken as the initial VHR (VHR BF ). Then, the liquid crystal display element after the initial VHR measurement was allowed to stand in an oven at 100°C for 500 hours. Then, after the liquid crystal display element was left to stand at room temperature and left to cool to room temperature, the voltage holding ratio was measured in the same manner as described above, and the value was taken as VHR AF . In addition, the rate of change (ΔVHR(%)) of the voltage holding ratio before and after the application of thermal stress was obtained from the following mathematical formula (EX-2).

△VHR(%)=((VHRBF-VHRAF)÷VHRBF)×100…(EX-2) △VHR(%)=((VHR BF -VHR AF )÷VHR BF )×100…(EX-2)

以如下方式進行耐熱性的評價:將變化率△VHR小於4%的 情況評價為耐熱性“良好”,將4%以上且小於5%的情況評價為耐熱性“可”,將5%以上的情況評價為耐熱性“不良”。其結果為,△VHR為2.9%,該液晶顯示元件的耐熱性為“良好”。 The heat resistance is evaluated in the following way: the change rate △VHR is less than 4% The case was evaluated as "good" in heat resistance, the case with 4% or more and less than 5% was evaluated as "acceptable" in heat resistance, and the case with 5% or more was evaluated as "poor" in heat resistance. As a result, ΔVHR was 2.9%, and the heat resistance of the liquid crystal display element was "good".

(9)密封劑周邊的不均耐性(耐邊框不均性) (9) Resistance to unevenness around the sealant (resistant to frame unevenness)

對於所述製造的FFS型液晶顯示元件,在25℃、50%RH的條件下保管30天,然後,以交流電壓5V進行驅動來觀察點亮狀態。以如下方式進行評價:若在密封劑周邊未視認到亮度差(更黑(more black)或者更白(more white)),則評價為“優良”;若雖視認到,但在點亮後5分鐘以內,亮度差消失,則評價為“良好”;若在超過5分鐘且20分鐘以內,亮度差消失,則評價為“可”;若即便經過20分鐘,仍視認到亮度差的情況評價為“不良”。其結果為,未視認到該液晶顯示元件的亮度差,判斷為“優良”。 The FFS type liquid crystal display element manufactured as described above was stored under the conditions of 25° C. and 50% RH for 30 days, and then was driven with an AC voltage of 5V to observe the lighting state. The evaluation was carried out in the following manner: If the brightness difference (more black or more white) is not visible around the sealant, it is evaluated as "excellent"; if it is visible, it is 5 after lighting If the brightness difference disappears within minutes, it is evaluated as “good”; if the brightness difference disappears within 5 minutes and within 20 minutes, it is evaluated as “acceptable”; if the brightness difference is still recognized even after 20 minutes, it is evaluated as "bad". As a result, the brightness difference of this liquid crystal display element was not recognized, and it was judged as "good".

(10)殘像特性的評價(DC殘像評價) (10) Evaluation of residual image characteristics (DC residual image evaluation)

將所述製造的光配向型液晶顯示元件置於25℃、1氣壓的環境下。將底部電極作為4系統的全部驅動電極的共用電極,將底部電極的電位設定為0V電位(接地電位)。使電極B及電極D與共用電極短路而設為0V施加狀態,而且對電極A及電極C施加包含交流電壓3.5V及直流電壓1V的合成電壓2小時。經過2小時後,即刻對電極A~電極D的全部施加交流1.5V電壓。接著,測定從對全部驅動電極開始施加交流1.5V電壓的時刻起,直至以目視無法再確認到驅動應力施加區域(電極A及電極C的畫素區域)與驅動應力未施加區域(電極B及電極D的畫素區域)的亮 度差為止的時間,將其作為殘像消去時間。此外,該時間越短,越難以產生殘像。將殘像消去時間小於30秒的情況評價為“良好”,將30秒以上且小於120秒的情況評價為“可”,將120秒以上的情況評價為“不良”,結果,本實施例的液晶顯示元件的殘像消去時間為1秒,評價為殘像特性“良好”。 The manufactured photo-alignment liquid crystal display element is placed in an environment of 25° C. and 1 atmosphere. The bottom electrode was used as a common electrode for all driving electrodes of the 4 systems, and the potential of the bottom electrode was set to 0V potential (ground potential). The electrode B and the electrode D and the common electrode were short-circuited to be a 0V applied state, and a combined voltage including an AC voltage of 3.5V and a DC voltage of 1V was applied to the electrode A and the electrode C for 2 hours. After 2 hours, an AC voltage of 1.5V was immediately applied to all electrodes A to D. Next, the measurement was performed from the moment when the AC 1.5V voltage was applied to all the driving electrodes until the driving stress application area (the pixel area of electrode A and electrode C) and the driving stress non-application area (electrode B and The pixel area of electrode D) The time until the temperature difference is used as the afterimage erasing time. In addition, the shorter the time, the harder it is to produce afterimages. The afterimage erasing time is less than 30 seconds as "good", the case where the afterimage erasing time is less than 30 seconds is evaluated as "acceptable", and the case of 120 seconds or more is evaluated as "bad". The afterimage erasing time of the liquid crystal display element was 1 second, and the afterimage characteristic was evaluated as "good".

(11)驅動應力後的對比度特性的評價(AC殘像評價) (11) Evaluation of contrast characteristics after driving stress (AC residual image evaluation)

將所述製造的FFS型液晶單元(未貼合偏光板的液晶單元)以交流電壓10V驅動30小時後,使用在光源與光量檢測器之間配置有偏光器及檢偏器的裝置,測定下述數學式(EX-3)所表示的最小相對透射率(%)。 After driving the manufactured FFS liquid crystal cell (liquid crystal cell without a polarizing plate) for 30 hours at an AC voltage of 10V, a device with a polarizer and an analyzer arranged between the light source and the light quantity detector was used to measure The minimum relative transmittance (%) expressed by the mathematical formula (EX-3).

最小相對透射率(%)=(β-B0)/(B100-B0)×100…(EX-3) Minimum relative transmittance (%)=(β-B 0 )/(B 100 -B 0 )×100…(EX-3)

(數學式(EX-3)中,B0為空白且正交尼科耳下的光的透射量;B100為空白且平行尼科耳下的光的透射量;β為在正交尼科耳下,在偏光器與檢偏器之間夾持液晶顯示元件而成為最小的透光量) (In the mathematical formula (EX-3), B 0 is the amount of light transmission under the blank and crossed Nicols; B 100 is the amount of light transmission under the blank and parallel Nicols; β is the amount of light transmitted under the crossed Nicols. Under the ear, the liquid crystal display element is clamped between the polarizer and the analyzer to achieve the smallest light transmission)

暗狀態的黑電平(black level)是以液晶顯示元件的最小相對透射率來表示,暗狀態下的黑電平越小,對比度特性越優異。將最小相對透射率小於0.5%者評價為“良好”,將0.5%以上且小於1.0%者評價為“可”,將1.0%以上者評價為“不良”。其結果為,該液晶顯示元件的最小相對透射率為0.2%,對比度特性判斷為 “良好”。 The black level in the dark state is represented by the minimum relative transmittance of the liquid crystal display element. The smaller the black level in the dark state, the better the contrast characteristics. Those with a minimum relative transmittance of less than 0.5% were evaluated as “good”, those with 0.5% or more and less than 1.0% were evaluated as “acceptable”, and those with 1.0% or more were evaluated as “bad”. As a result, the minimum relative transmittance of the liquid crystal display element was 0.2%, and the contrast characteristic was judged to be "good".

[實施例1-2、實施例1-3及比較例1-1] [Example 1-2, Example 1-3, and Comparative Example 1-1]

除了將液晶配向劑的製備中使用的聚合物的種類及量分別設為如下述表3中所記載般以外,以與所述實施例1-1相同的方式分別製備液晶配向劑,製造液晶顯示元件來進行評價。評價結果示於下述表3中。 Except that the type and amount of the polymer used in the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent are respectively set as described in the following Table 3, the liquid crystal alignment agent was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1-1 to produce a liquid crystal display. Components for evaluation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 3 below.

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0082-36
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0082-36

[實施例2-1:摩擦FFS型液晶顯示元件] [Example 2-1: Rubbing FFS type liquid crystal display element] (1)液晶配向劑的製備 (1) Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent

將作為聚合物的合成例2-1中獲得的聚合物(PAm-1)溶解於包含γ-丁內酯(GBL)、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮(NMP)及丁基溶纖劑(BC)的混合溶劑(GBL:NMP:BC=40:40:20(重量比))中,製成固體成分濃度為3.5重量%的溶液。將該溶液以孔徑為0.2μm的過濾器進行過濾,由此製備液晶配向劑。 The polymer (PAm-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 2-1 as a polymer was dissolved in a compound containing γ-butyrolactone (GBL), N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) and butyl cellosolve (BC) In the mixed solvent of (GBL:NMP:BC=40:40:20 (weight ratio)), the solid content concentration is 3.5% by weight. The solution was filtered with a filter having a pore diameter of 0.2 μm, thereby preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent.

(2)塗膜的表面凹凸性的評價 (2) Evaluation of surface unevenness of coating film

使用旋轉器,將所述製備的液晶配向劑塗布於玻璃基板上,以80℃的加熱板進行1分鐘預烘烤後,在將庫內進行了氮氣置換的200℃烘箱中加熱(後烘烤)1小時,由此形成平均膜厚為1,000Å的塗膜。對於該塗膜,以與所述實施例1-1的(2)相同的方式進行塗布膜的表面凹凸性的評價。其結果為,該塗膜的Ra為0.9nm,表面凹凸性為“良好”。 Using a spinner, the prepared liquid crystal alignment agent was coated on a glass substrate, and after pre-baking on a hot plate at 80°C for 1 minute, it was heated in an oven at 200°C in which nitrogen was replaced in the library (post-baking) ) 1 hour, thereby forming a coating film with an average film thickness of 1,000 Å. With respect to this coating film, the surface unevenness of the coating film was evaluated in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1-1. As a result, the Ra of the coating film was 0.9 nm, and the surface unevenness was "good".

(3)透射率的評價 (3) Evaluation of transmittance

對於所述獲得的塗膜,以與所述實施例1-1的(3)相同的方式評價透射率。其結果為,該塗膜的透射率為98.5%,透射性“良好”。 For the obtained coating film, the transmittance was evaluated in the same manner as (3) of Example 1-1. As a result, the transmittance of the coating film was 98.5%, and the transmittance was "good".

(4)耐摩擦性的評價 (4) Evaluation of friction resistance

對於所述獲得的塗膜,利用具有捲繞有棉布的輥的摩擦機器,以輥轉速1000rpm、平臺移動速度20cm/秒、毛壓入長度0.4mm實施7次摩擦處理。利用光學顯微鏡來觀察所得基板上的因摩 擦研削而引起的異物(塗膜的碎片),測量出500μm×500μm的區域內的異物數。以如下方式進行評價:將異物數為3個以下的情況評價為耐摩擦性“良好”,將4個以上、7個以下的情況評價為“可”,將8個以上的情況評價為耐摩擦性“不良”。其結果為,未觀測到異物,該塗膜的耐摩擦性為“良好”。 With respect to the obtained coating film, a rubbing machine having a roll wound with cotton cloth was used to perform 7 rubbing treatments at a roll rotation speed of 1000 rpm, a table moving speed of 20 cm/sec, and a bristle press length of 0.4 mm. Use an optical microscope to observe the immortality on the resulting substrate The foreign matter (fragments of the coating film) caused by the grinding was rubbed, and the number of foreign matter in the area of 500 μm×500 μm was measured. The evaluation was carried out as follows: the case where the number of foreign objects was 3 or less was evaluated as "good", the case where 4 or more and 7 or less was evaluated as "acceptable", and the case where 8 or more was evaluated as friction resistance Sexual "bad". As a result, no foreign matter was observed, and the friction resistance of the coating film was "good".

(5)配向性的評價 (5) Evaluation of orientation

對於所述獲得的實施了摩擦配向處理的帶有配向膜的玻璃基板,以與所述實施例1-1的(4)相同的方式評價配向性。其結果為,該基板中折射率各向異性為0.031nm,為“良好”。 With respect to the obtained glass substrate with an alignment film subjected to the rubbing alignment treatment, the alignment was evaluated in the same manner as (4) of Example 1-1. As a result, the refractive index anisotropy in this substrate was 0.031 nm, which was "good".

(6)使用摩擦法的FFS型液晶顯示元件的製造 (6) Manufacturing of FFS-type liquid crystal display elements using the rubbing method

以與所述實施例1-1的(5)相同的方式,製作圖1所示的FFS型液晶顯示元件。將此處使用的頂部電極13的平面示意圖示於圖4(a)及圖4(b)中。此外,圖4(a)為頂部電極13的俯視圖,圖4(b)為圖4(a)的由虛線包圍的部分C1的放大圖。本實施例中,使用具有電極的線寬d1為4μm、電極間的距離d2為6μm的頂部電極的基板。 In the same manner as (5) of Example 1-1, the FFS type liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 was produced. The schematic plan view of the top electrode 13 used here is shown in FIG. 4(a) and FIG. 4(b). In addition, FIG. 4(a) is a plan view of the top electrode 13, and FIG. 4(b) is an enlarged view of a portion C1 surrounded by a broken line in FIG. 4(a). In this embodiment, a substrate having a top electrode with an electrode line width d1 of 4 μm and a distance d2 between the electrodes of 6 μm is used.

繼而,利用棉,對形成於玻璃基板上的塗膜的各表面實施摩擦處理,製成液晶配向膜12。圖4(b)中,將對形成於玻璃基板11a上的塗膜的摩擦方向以箭頭表示。將這些基板以彼此的基板11a、基板11b的摩擦方向成為反平行的方式,經由直徑為3.5μm的間隔物而貼合,注入液晶MLC-6221(默克(Merck)公司製造),形成液晶層16。進而,在基板11a、基板11b的外側兩 面,以2塊偏光板的偏光方向彼此正交的方式貼合偏光板(圖示略),由此製作液晶顯示元件10。 Then, using cotton, rubbing treatment is performed on each surface of the coating film formed on the glass substrate to form the liquid crystal alignment film 12. In Fig. 4(b), the rubbing direction of the coating film formed on the glass substrate 11a is indicated by an arrow. These substrates were bonded via spacers with a diameter of 3.5 μm so that the rubbing directions of the substrates 11a and 11b were antiparallel, and liquid crystal MLC-6221 (manufactured by Merck) was injected to form a liquid crystal layer. 16. Furthermore, on the outside of the substrate 11a and the substrate 11b, two On the surface, polarizing plates (not shown in the figure) were bonded so that the polarization directions of the two polarizing plates were orthogonal to each other, thereby fabricating the liquid crystal display element 10.

(7)液晶配向性的評價 (7) Evaluation of liquid crystal orientation

對於所述製造的摩擦FFS型液晶顯示元件,以與所述實施例1-1的(6)相同的方式進行液晶配向性的評價。其結果為,該液晶顯示元件中液晶配向性“良好”。 For the manufactured rubbed FFS type liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal alignment was evaluated in the same manner as (6) of Example 1-1. As a result, the liquid crystal orientation in this liquid crystal display element was "good".

(8)電壓保持率及耐熱性的評價 (8) Evaluation of voltage retention and heat resistance

對於所述製造的摩擦FFS型液晶顯示元件,以與所述實施例1-1的(7)相同的方式測定電壓保持率(VHRBF),並且以與所述實施例1-1的(8)相同的方式,根據熱應力賦予前後的電壓保持率的變化率來評價液晶顯示元件的耐熱性。其結果為,VHRBF為99.4%。另外,△VHR為1.6%,判斷為耐熱性“良好”。 For the manufactured rubbed FFS type liquid crystal display element, the voltage holding ratio (VHR BF ) was measured in the same manner as (7) of Example 1-1, and the same as that of (8) of Example 1-1. ) In the same manner, the heat resistance of the liquid crystal display element was evaluated based on the rate of change of the voltage retention before and after the thermal stress was applied. As a result, VHR BF was 99.4%. In addition, ΔVHR was 1.6%, and it was judged that the heat resistance was "good".

(9)密封劑周邊的不均耐性(耐邊框不均性) (9) Resistance to unevenness around the sealant (resistant to frame unevenness)

以與所述實施例1-1的(9)相同的方式,評價耐邊框不均性。其結果為,未視認到該液晶顯示元件的亮度差,判斷為耐邊框不均性“優良”。 In the same manner as (9) of Example 1-1, the frame unevenness resistance was evaluated. As a result, the brightness difference of the liquid crystal display element was not recognized, and it was judged that the frame unevenness resistance was "excellent".

(10)殘像特性的評價(DC殘像評價) (10) Evaluation of residual image characteristics (DC residual image evaluation)

以與所述實施例1-1(10)相同的方式進行DC殘像評價。其結果為,該液晶顯示元件的殘像消去時間為2秒,評價為“良好”。 The DC residual image evaluation was performed in the same manner as in Example 1-1 (10). As a result, the afterimage erasing time of this liquid crystal display element was 2 seconds, which was evaluated as "good".

(11)驅動應力後的對比度特性的評價(AC殘像評價) (11) Evaluation of contrast characteristics after driving stress (AC residual image evaluation)

以與所述實施例1-1(10)相同的方式進行AC殘像評價。此外,在該情況下也使用未貼合偏光板的液晶單元來進行評價。其 結果為,最小相對透射率為0.1%,判斷為對比度特性“良好”。 AC residual image evaluation was performed in the same manner as in Example 1-1 (10). In addition, also in this case, evaluation was performed using a liquid crystal cell to which a polarizing plate was not bonded. its As a result, the minimum relative transmittance was 0.1%, and it was judged that the contrast characteristic was “good”.

[實施例2-2~實施例2-15以及比較例2-1~比較例2-5] [Example 2-2 to Example 2-15 and Comparative Example 2-1 to Comparative Example 2-5]

除了將液晶配向劑的製備中使用的聚合物的種類及量分別設為如下述表4中記載以外,以與所述實施例2-1相同的方式分別製備液晶配向劑,製造液晶顯示元件來進行評價。其中,關於比較例2-4,液晶配向性差,未進行關於液晶單元的評價。評價結果示於下述表4及表5中。 Except that the type and amount of the polymer used in the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent were set as described in Table 4 below, the liquid crystal alignment agent was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2-1, and the liquid crystal display element was manufactured. Make an evaluation. Among them, with regard to Comparative Examples 2-4, the liquid crystal orientation was poor, and the evaluation of the liquid crystal cell was not performed. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4 and Table 5 below.

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0086-37
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0086-37

Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0087-38
Figure 104104485-A0101-12-0087-38

如表3~表5所示,包含使用化合物(C')而獲得的聚合物的液晶配向劑中,關於塗膜的表面凹凸性、透射性、耐摩擦性及配向性均獲得良好的結果。另外,使用這些液晶配向劑來製作的液晶顯示元件中,關於液晶分子的配向性、電壓保持率、耐熱性、耐邊框不均性、殘像特性(DC殘像)以及對比度特性(AC殘像)均獲得良好的結果,且平衡性良好地兼具各種特性。 As shown in Tables 3 to 5, in the liquid crystal alignment agent including the polymer obtained by using the compound (C′), good results were obtained regarding the surface unevenness, transmittance, rubbing resistance, and alignment properties of the coating film. In addition, in the liquid crystal display elements produced using these liquid crystal alignment agents, the alignment of liquid crystal molecules, voltage retention, heat resistance, frame unevenness resistance, residual image characteristics (DC residual image), and contrast characteristics (AC residual image ) All obtain good results, and have various characteristics in a well-balanced manner.

相對於此,使用不具有芳香族胺結構而僅具有鏈狀結構的二胺的比較例2-1中,殘像特性為“不良”,耐邊框不均性及耐熱性為較實施例差的結果,對於達成本發明的目的而言並不充 分。 In contrast, in Comparative Example 2-1 using a diamine having no aromatic amine structure but only a chain structure, the residual image characteristic is "bad", and the frame unevenness resistance and heat resistance are inferior to the examples. As a result, it is not sufficient for the purpose of the invention. Minute.

另外,使用僅具有芳香族胺結構的二胺的比較例1-1、比較例2-2、比較例2-3中,液晶顯示元件的耐熱性、耐邊框不均性及對比度特性為“不良”。此外,使用PAm-14的比較例4的聚合物的保存穩定性、塗膜的表面凹凸性、透射率差,液晶的配向性差,因此並不足以用作液晶顯示元件。進而,比較例2-5中,耐熱性及耐邊框不均性為“不良”。另外,若綜合地來考慮塗膜的透射率、耐摩擦性及配向性、以及液晶顯示元件中的液晶的配向性、電壓保持率、耐熱性、耐邊框不均性、殘像特性及對比度特性,則任一比較例均成為較實施例差的結果。 In addition, in Comparative Example 1-1, Comparative Example 2-2, and Comparative Example 2-3 using diamines having only an aromatic amine structure, the heat resistance, frame unevenness resistance, and contrast characteristics of the liquid crystal display element were "bad" ". In addition, the polymer of Comparative Example 4 using PAm-14 has poor storage stability, surface unevenness, and transmittance of the coating film, and poor liquid crystal alignment, and therefore is not sufficient for use as a liquid crystal display element. Furthermore, in Comparative Example 2-5, the heat resistance and the frame unevenness resistance were "bad". In addition, if we comprehensively consider the transmittance, rub resistance, and orientation of the coating film, as well as the orientation of the liquid crystal in the liquid crystal display element, voltage retention, heat resistance, frame unevenness resistance, residual image characteristics, and contrast characteristics , Any comparative example becomes a worse result than the embodiment.

[實施例3-1:TN型液晶顯示元件] [Example 3-1: TN type liquid crystal display element] (1)液晶配向劑的製備 (1) Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent

將作為聚合物的合成例2-3中獲得的聚合物(PAm-3)50重量份以及合成例2-16中獲得的聚合物(PAm-16)50量份溶解於NMP及BC的混合溶劑(NMP:BC=50:50(重量比))中,製成固體成分濃度為6.5重量%的溶液。將該溶液充分攪拌後,利用孔徑為0.2μm的過濾器進行過濾,由此製備液晶配向劑。 As a polymer, 50 parts by weight of the polymer (PAm-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 2-3 and 50 parts by weight of the polymer (PAm-16) obtained in Synthesis Example 2-16 were dissolved in a mixed solvent of NMP and BC In (NMP:BC=50:50 (weight ratio)), a solution having a solid content concentration of 6.5% by weight was prepared. After the solution was sufficiently stirred, it was filtered with a filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm, thereby preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent.

(2)印刷性的評價 (2) Evaluation of printability

使用液晶配向膜印刷機(日本寫真印刷(股)製造),將所述(1)中製備的液晶配向劑塗布於帶有包含ITO膜的透明電極的玻璃基板的透明電極面,在80℃的加熱板上加熱(預烘烤)1分鐘而去除溶劑後,在200℃的加熱板上加熱(後烘烤)10分鐘,形 成平均膜厚為600Å的塗膜。利用倍率為20倍的顯微鏡來觀察該塗膜,調查印刷不均及針孔的有無。以如下方式進行評價:將印刷不均及針孔這兩者均未觀察到的情況評價為印刷性“良好”,將稍微觀察到印刷不均及針孔的至少任一者的情況評價為印刷性“可”,將看到大量印刷不均及針孔的至少任一者的情況評價為印刷性“不良”。本實施例中,印刷不均及針孔這兩者均未觀察到,印刷性為“良好”。 Using a liquid crystal alignment film printer (manufactured by Nippon Printing Co., Ltd.), the liquid crystal alignment agent prepared in (1) was applied to the transparent electrode surface of a glass substrate with a transparent electrode containing an ITO film at 80°C After heating (pre-baking) on the hot plate for 1 minute to remove the solvent, heating (post-baking) on the hot plate at 200°C for 10 minutes, the shape The average film thickness is 600Å. The coating film was observed with a microscope with a magnification of 20 times, and the presence or absence of uneven printing and pinholes was investigated. The evaluation was performed as follows: a case where neither printing unevenness nor pinholes was observed was evaluated as printability "good", and a case where at least one of printing unevenness and pinholes was slightly observed was evaluated as printing The printability is "good", and a case where at least one of a large amount of printing unevenness and pinholes is seen is evaluated as the printability "bad". In this example, neither uneven printing nor pinholes were observed, and the printability was "good".

(3)透射率的評價 (3) Evaluation of transmittance

對於所述獲得的塗膜,以與所述實施例1-1的(3)相同的方式評價透射率。其結果為,該塗膜的透射率為98.4%,為“良好”。 For the obtained coating film, the transmittance was evaluated in the same manner as (3) of Example 1-1. As a result, the transmittance of the coating film was 98.4%, which was “good”.

(4)TN型液晶單元的製造 (4) Manufacturing of TN-type liquid crystal cell

使用液晶配向膜印刷機(日本寫真印刷(股)製造),將所述(1)中製備的液晶配向劑塗布於帶有包含ITO膜的透明電極的玻璃基板的透明電極面上,在80℃的加熱板上加熱(預烘烤)1分鐘而去除溶劑後,在200℃的加熱板上加熱(後烘烤)10分鐘,形成平均膜厚為600Å的塗膜。對該塗膜,利用具有捲繞有人造絲布的輥的摩擦機器,以輥轉速500rpm、平臺移動速度3cm/秒、毛壓入長度0.4mm進行摩擦處理,賦予液晶配向能力。然後,在超純水中進行1分鐘超聲波洗滌,繼而在100℃潔淨烘箱中乾燥10分鐘,由此獲得具有液晶配向膜的基板。另外,將所述操作反復進行,獲得具有液晶配向膜的一對(2塊)基板。 Using a liquid crystal alignment film printer (manufactured by Nippon Photographic Printing Co., Ltd.), the liquid crystal alignment agent prepared in (1) was coated on the transparent electrode surface of a glass substrate with a transparent electrode containing an ITO film at 80°C After heating (pre-baking) on the hot plate for 1 minute to remove the solvent, heating (post-baking) on a hot plate at 200°C for 10 minutes, to form a coating film with an average film thickness of 600Å. The coating film was rubbed with a rubbing machine having a roll wound with rayon cloth at a roll rotation speed of 500 rpm, a table moving speed of 3 cm/sec, and a bristle press length of 0.4 mm to impart liquid crystal alignment ability. Then, ultrasonic washing was performed in ultrapure water for 1 minute, and then dried in a clean oven at 100° C. for 10 minutes, thereby obtaining a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. In addition, the operation was repeated to obtain a pair (2) of substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film.

接著,在所述一對基板中的其中一塊基板上,在具有液晶配 向膜的面的外緣塗布加入有直徑為5.5μm的氧化鋁球的環氧樹脂黏接劑後,以液晶配向膜面相對的方式將一對基板重疊而壓接,使黏接劑硬化。繼而,自液晶注入口中向一對基板間填充向列型液晶(默克(Merck)公司製造,MLC-6221)後,利用丙烯酸系光硬化型黏接劑將液晶注入口密封,由此製造TN型液晶單元。 Then, on one of the pair of substrates, a liquid crystal configuration After coating the outer edge of the film with an epoxy resin adhesive added with alumina balls with a diameter of 5.5 μm, a pair of substrates were overlapped and pressure-bonded with the liquid crystal alignment film faces facing each other to harden the adhesive. Then, a nematic liquid crystal (MLC-6221, manufactured by Merck) is filled between the pair of substrates from the liquid crystal injection port, and then the liquid crystal injection port is sealed with an acrylic light-curing adhesive to produce TN Type liquid crystal cell.

(5)液晶配向性的評價 (5) Evaluation of liquid crystal orientation

對於所述(4)中製造的液晶單元,在正交尼科耳下,利用顯微鏡,以倍率50倍來觀察接通.斷開5V電壓時的異常區域的有無。以與所述實施例1-1的(6)相同的方式進行評價。其結果為,該液晶顯示元件中液晶配向性“良好”。 For the liquid crystal cell manufactured in (4), under a crossed Nicol, use a microscope to observe the connection at a magnification of 50 times. Whether there is an abnormal area when the 5V voltage is turned off. Evaluation was performed in the same manner as (6) of Example 1-1. As a result, the liquid crystal orientation in this liquid crystal display element was "good".

(6)預傾角穩定性的評價 (6) Evaluation of pretilt angle stability

對於所述(4)中製造的液晶單元,利用使用He-Ne雷射光的結晶旋轉法來測定液晶分子自基板面傾斜的角度,將該值作為初始預傾角θIN。結晶旋轉法是依據非專利文獻3(T.J.謝弗(T.J.Scheffer)等人,《應用物理學雜誌(Journal of Applied Physics,J.Appl.Phys.)第48期第1783頁(1977))以及非專利文獻4(F.中野(F.Nakano)等人,《日本應用物理學雜誌(Japanese Journal of Applied Physics,JPN.J.Appl.Phys.)第19期第2013頁(1980))中記載的方法來進行。 For the liquid crystal cell manufactured in (4), the angle of tilt of the liquid crystal molecules from the substrate surface was measured by the crystal rotation method using He-Ne laser light, and this value was used as the initial pretilt angle θ IN . The crystal rotation method is based on Non-Patent Document 3 (TJ Schiffer et al., Journal of Applied Physics (Journal of Applied Physics, J. Appl. Phys.) No. 48, p. 1783 (1977)) and non-patent Document 4 (F. Nakano et al., "Japanese Journal of Applied Physics, JPN. J. Appl. Phys.) No. 19, p. 2013 (1980)) To proceed.

繼而,對測定初始預傾角θIN後的液晶單元施加5V的交流電壓100小時。然後,利用與所述相同的方法來再次測定預傾角, 將該值作為電壓施加後的預傾角θAF。將這些測定值代入下述數學式(EX-4)中,求出電壓施加前後的預傾角的變化量(△θ(°))。 Then, an AC voltage of 5V was applied to the liquid crystal cell after the initial pretilt angle θ IN was measured for 100 hours. Then, the pretilt angle was measured again by the same method as described above, and this value was used as the pretilt angle θ AF after voltage application. These measured values are substituted into the following mathematical formula (EX-4), and the amount of change (Δθ(°)) of the pretilt angle before and after voltage application is obtained.

△θ=| θAFIN |…(EX-4) △θ=| θ AFIN |…(EX-4)

將△θ小於3%的情況評價為預傾角穩定性“良好”,將3%以上且小於4%的情況評價為預傾角穩定性“可”,將4%以上的情況評價為預傾角穩定性“不良”,結果該液晶顯示元件的預傾角變化率為1.6%,判斷為預傾角穩定性“良好”。 The case where Δθ is less than 3% is evaluated as the pretilt angle stability "good", the case where 3% or more and less than 4% is evaluated as the pretilt angle stability "good", and the case where 4% or more is evaluated as the pretilt angle stability "Poor", as a result, the pretilt angle change rate of the liquid crystal display element was 1.6%, and it was judged that the pretilt angle stability was "good".

(7)電壓保持率及耐熱性的評價 (7) Evaluation of voltage retention and heat resistance

以與所述實施例1-1的(7)相同的方式測定電壓保持率(VHRBF),並且以與所述實施例1-1的(8)相同的方式,根據熱應力賦予前後的電壓保持率的變化率來評價液晶顯示元件的耐熱性。其結果為,VHRBF為98.6%。另外,△VHR為2.1%,判斷為耐熱性“良好”。 The voltage holding ratio (VHR BF ) was measured in the same manner as (7) of Example 1-1, and in the same manner as (8) of Example 1-1, based on the voltage before and after the application of thermal stress The change rate of the retention rate was used to evaluate the heat resistance of the liquid crystal display element. As a result, the VHR BF was 98.6%. In addition, ΔVHR was 2.1%, and it was judged that the heat resistance was "good".

(8)密封劑周邊的不均耐性(耐邊框不均性) (8) Resistance to unevenness around the sealant (resistant to frame unevenness)

以與所述實施例1-1的(9)相同的方式評價耐邊框不均性。其結果為,未視認到該液晶顯示元件的亮度差,判斷為“優良”。 The frame unevenness resistance was evaluated in the same manner as (9) of Example 1-1. As a result, the brightness difference of this liquid crystal display element was not recognized, and it was judged as "good".

(9)殘像特性的評價(DC殘像評價) (9) Evaluation of residual image characteristics (DC residual image evaluation)

以與所述實施例1-1(10)相同的方式進行DC殘像評價。其結果為,該液晶顯示元件的殘像消去時間為12秒,評價為“良好”。 The DC residual image evaluation was performed in the same manner as in Example 1-1 (10). As a result, the afterimage erasing time of this liquid crystal display element was 12 seconds, which was evaluated as "good".

[實施例4-1:VA型液晶顯示元件] [Example 4-1: VA type liquid crystal display element] (1)液晶配向劑的製備 (1) Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent

將作為聚合物的合成例3-2中獲得的聚合物(PIm-2)20重量份以及合成例2-3中獲得的聚合物(PAm-3)80重量份添加於NMP及BC中,製成固體成分濃度為6.5重量%、溶劑的混合比為NMP:BC=50:50(重量比)的溶液。將該溶液充分攪拌後,以孔徑為0.2μm的過濾器進行過濾,由此製備液晶配向劑。 As a polymer, 20 parts by weight of the polymer (PIm-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 3-2 and 80 parts by weight of the polymer (PAm-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 2-3 were added to NMP and BC to prepare The solid content concentration is 6.5% by weight, and the mixing ratio of solvents is NMP:BC=50:50 (weight ratio). After the solution was sufficiently stirred, it was filtered with a filter with a pore diameter of 0.2 μm, thereby preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent.

(2)印刷性的評價 (2) Evaluation of printability

使用所述(1)中製備的液晶配向劑,以與所述實施例3-1的(2)相同的方式調查印刷性,印刷不均及針孔這兩者均未觀察到,印刷性為“良好”。 Using the liquid crystal alignment agent prepared in (1), the printability was investigated in the same manner as in (2) of Example 3-1. Both printing unevenness and pinholes were not observed, and the printability was "good".

(3)透射率的評價 (3) Evaluation of transmittance

對於所述獲得的塗膜,以與所述實施例1-1的(3)相同的方式評價透射率。其結果為,該塗膜為99.2%,塗膜的透射性為“良好”。 For the obtained coating film, the transmittance was evaluated in the same manner as (3) of Example 1-1. As a result, the coating film was 99.2%, and the transmittance of the coating film was "good".

(4)VA型液晶單元的製造 (4) Manufacturing of VA-type liquid crystal cell

使用液晶配向膜印刷機(日本寫真印刷(股)製造),將所述製備的液晶配向劑塗布於帶有包含ITO膜的透明電極的玻璃基板(厚度為1mm)的透明電極面上。繼而,在80℃的加熱板上加熱(預烘烤)1分鐘,進而在200℃的加熱板上加熱(後烘烤)60分鐘,形成平均膜厚為800Å的塗膜(液晶配向膜)。將該操作反復進行,獲得在透明導電膜上具有液晶配向膜的一對(2塊)玻璃 基板。接著,對於所述一對基板中的其中一塊基板,在具有液晶配向膜的面的外緣塗布加入有直徑為5.5μm的氧化鋁球的環氧樹脂黏接劑後,以液晶配向膜面相對的方式將一對基板重疊壓接,使黏接劑硬化。繼而,自液晶注入口向一對基板間填充向列型液晶(默克(Merck)公司製造,MLC-6608)後,利用丙烯酸系光硬化黏接劑將液晶注入口密封,由此製造VA型液晶單元。 Using a liquid crystal alignment film printer (manufactured by Nippon Printing Co., Ltd.), the prepared liquid crystal alignment agent was coated on the transparent electrode surface of a glass substrate (thickness 1 mm) with a transparent electrode containing an ITO film. Then, it was heated (pre-baked) on a hot plate at 80°C for 1 minute, and then heated (post-baked) on a hot plate at 200°C for 60 minutes to form a coating film (liquid crystal alignment film) with an average film thickness of 800 Å. This operation was repeated to obtain a pair (2 pieces) of glass with a liquid crystal alignment film on the transparent conductive film Substrate. Next, for one of the pair of substrates, the outer edge of the surface with the liquid crystal alignment film was coated with an epoxy resin adhesive added with alumina balls with a diameter of 5.5 μm, and the liquid crystal alignment film surface was opposed A pair of substrates are overlapped and crimped in a way to harden the adhesive. Then, a nematic liquid crystal (Merck (Merck), MLC-6608) is filled between the pair of substrates from the liquid crystal injection port, and the liquid crystal injection port is sealed with an acrylic light-curing adhesive to produce a VA type Liquid crystal cell.

(5)液晶配向性、電壓保持率及耐熱性的評價 (5) Evaluation of liquid crystal orientation, voltage retention and heat resistance

對於所述(4)中製造的液晶單元,以與實施例1-1的(6)相同的方式進行液晶配向性的評價,結果該液晶單元的液晶配向性為“良好”。另外,以與實施例1-1的(7)相同的方式測定電壓保持率(VHRBF),並且以與所述實施例1-1的(8)相同的方式進行耐熱性(熱應力賦予前後的電壓保持率的變化率)的評價。其結果為,VHRBF為99.0%。另外,△VHR為2.3%,判斷為耐熱性“良好”。 For the liquid crystal cell manufactured in (4), the liquid crystal alignment was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1-1 (6), and as a result, the liquid crystal alignment of the liquid crystal cell was "good". In addition, the voltage holding ratio (VHR BF ) was measured in the same manner as (7) of Example 1-1, and heat resistance (before and after thermal stress application) was measured in the same manner as (8) of Example 1-1. The rate of change of the voltage holding rate). As a result, VHR BF was 99.0%. In addition, ΔVHR was 2.3%, and it was judged that the heat resistance was "good".

(6)密封劑周邊的不均耐性(耐邊框不均性) (6) Resistance to unevenness around the sealant (resistant to frame unevenness)

以與所述實施例1-1的(9)相同的方式評價耐邊框不均性。其結果為,未視認到該液晶單元的亮度差,判斷為“良好”。 The frame unevenness resistance was evaluated in the same manner as (9) of Example 1-1. As a result, the brightness difference of this liquid crystal cell was not recognized, and it was judged as "good".

[實施例5-1:相位差膜] [Example 5-1: Retardation film] (1)液晶配向劑的製備 (1) Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent

將合成例2-1中獲得的聚合物(PAm-1)100重量份、以及合成例4-1中獲得的聚合物(PSi-1)10重量份溶解於包含NMP及BC的混合溶劑(NMP:BC=50:50(重量比))中,製成固體成 分濃度為3.5重量%的溶液。將該溶液以孔徑為0.2μm的過濾器進行過濾,由此製備液晶配向劑。 100 parts by weight of the polymer (PAm-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 2-1 and 10 parts by weight of the polymer (PSi-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 4-1 were dissolved in a mixed solvent (NMP) containing NMP and BC :BC=50:50 (weight ratio)), made into solid A solution with a concentration of 3.5% by weight. The solution was filtered with a filter having a pore diameter of 0.2 μm, thereby preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent.

(2)相位差膜的製造 (2) Manufacturing of retardation film

在作為基板的TAC膜的一面上,使用棒塗布機來塗布所述製備的液晶配向劑,在烘箱內以120℃烘烤2分鐘而形成膜厚為100nm的塗膜。繼而,對該塗膜表面,使用Hg-Xe燈及格蘭泰勒稜鏡,自基板法線來垂直地照射包含313nm的明線的偏光紫外線10mJ/cm2。繼而,將聚合性液晶(RMS03-013C,默克(Merck)公司製造)以孔徑為0.2μm的過濾器進行過濾後,利用棒塗布機,將該聚合性液晶塗布於光照射後的塗膜上,形成聚合性液晶的塗膜。在溫度經調整為50℃的烘箱內烘烤1分鐘後,使用Hg-Xe燈,自垂直的方向對塗膜面照射包含365nm的明線的非偏光的紫外線1,000mJ/cm2,使聚合性液晶硬化而形成液晶層,由此製造相位差膜。 On one side of the TAC film as the substrate, the prepared liquid crystal alignment agent was coated using a bar coater, and baked in an oven at 120° C. for 2 minutes to form a coating film with a film thickness of 100 nm. Then, the surface of the coating film was irradiated perpendicularly with polarized ultraviolet rays of 10 mJ/cm 2 including bright rays of 313 nm from the normal line of the substrate using a Hg-Xe lamp and a Glan Taylor beam. Then, after filtering the polymerizable liquid crystal (RMS03-013C, manufactured by Merck) with a filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm, the polymerizable liquid crystal was coated on the light-irradiated coating film using a bar coater , To form a coating film of polymerizable liquid crystal. After baking for 1 minute in an oven adjusted to a temperature of 50°C, use a Hg-Xe lamp to irradiate the coating film surface from a vertical direction with a non-polarized ultraviolet 1,000mJ/cm 2 containing 365nm bright rays to make polymerizable The liquid crystal is cured to form a liquid crystal layer, thereby manufacturing a retardation film.

(3)液晶配向性的評價 (3) Evaluation of liquid crystal orientation

對於所述(2)中製造的相位差膜,通過正交尼科耳下的目視以及偏光顯微鏡(倍率為2.5倍)來觀察異常區域的有無,由此評價液晶配向性(光配向性)。以如下方式進行評價:將在目視下配向性良好且利用偏光顯微鏡未觀察到異常區域的情況評價為液晶配向性“良好”;將在目視下未觀察到異常區域,但利用偏光顯微鏡而觀察到異常區域的情況評價為液晶配向性“可”;將通過目視以及偏光顯微鏡而觀察到異常區域的情況評價為液晶配向性 “不良”。其結果為,該相位差膜被評價為液晶配向性“良好”。 With respect to the retardation film produced in (2), the presence or absence of abnormal regions was observed by visual observation under crossed Nicols and a polarizing microscope (magnification: 2.5 times), thereby evaluating the liquid crystal alignment (optical alignment). The evaluation is performed in the following manner: a case where the alignment is good under visual inspection and no abnormal area is observed with a polarizing microscope is evaluated as "good" for the liquid crystal alignment; The abnormal area was evaluated as "Yes" for the liquid crystal alignment; the abnormal area was evaluated by visual inspection and polarization microscope as the liquid crystal alignment "bad". As a result, this retardation film was evaluated as "good" for liquid crystal alignment.

(4)黏附性 (4) Adhesion

使用所述(2)中製造的相位差膜,對利用液晶配向劑而形成的塗膜與基板的黏附性進行評價。首先,使用帶有引導件的等間隔間隔物,利用切割刀,自相位差膜的液晶層側的面切入切口,在1cm×1cm的範圍內形成10個×10個的格子圖案。各切口的深度設為自液晶層表面到達基板厚度的一半為止。繼而,以覆蓋所述格子圖案的整個面的方式黏附玻璃紙後,剝離該玻璃紙。通過正交尼科耳下的目視來觀察剝離後的格子圖案的切口部,評價黏附性。以如下方式進行評價:將在沿著切口線的部分以及格子圖案的交叉部分未確認到剝離的情況評價為黏附性“良好”;將相對於格子圖案全體的個數,在所述部分觀察到剝離的格子的個數為小於15%的情況評價為黏附性“可”;將相對於格子圖案全體的個數,在所述部分觀察到剝離的格子的個數為15%以上的情況評價為黏附性“不良”。其結果為,該相位差膜為黏附性“良好”。 Using the retardation film produced in (2) above, the adhesion of the coating film formed with the liquid crystal alignment agent to the substrate was evaluated. First, using equal-spaced spacers with guides, a dicing knife is used to cut incisions from the surface of the phase difference film on the side of the liquid crystal layer to form 10 × 10 grid patterns in a range of 1 cm × 1 cm. The depth of each cut is set from the surface of the liquid crystal layer to half the thickness of the substrate. Then, after the cellophane was adhered so as to cover the entire surface of the lattice pattern, the cellophane was peeled off. The cut part of the lattice pattern after peeling was observed by visual observation under the crossed Nicols to evaluate the adhesiveness. The evaluation was carried out as follows: the part along the cut line and the intersection of the grid pattern was evaluated as the adhesion "good"; the part where peeling was observed relative to the total number of the grid pattern When the number of grids is less than 15%, the adhesion is evaluated as "possible"; the case where the number of grids where peeling is observed is 15% or more relative to the total number of grid patterns is evaluated as adhesion Sexual "bad". As a result, the retardation film was "good" in adhesion.

10‧‧‧液晶顯示元件 10‧‧‧LCD display element

11a、11b‧‧‧玻璃基板 11a, 11b‧‧‧glass substrate

12‧‧‧液晶配向膜 12‧‧‧LCD alignment film

13‧‧‧頂部電極 13‧‧‧Top electrode

14‧‧‧絕緣層 14‧‧‧Insulation layer

15‧‧‧底部電極 15‧‧‧Bottom electrode

16‧‧‧液晶層 16‧‧‧Liquid crystal layer

Claims (18)

一種液晶配向劑,其特徵在於:含有將選自由化合物(C)及化合物(C1)所組成的組群中的至少一種化合物(C')用於反應而獲得的聚合物(P),所述化合物(C)具有下述結構(a)及下述結構(b);(a)2個或3個芳香族環基鍵結於同一氮原子上而成的芳香族胺結構;以及(b)選自由碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基、以及將所述鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的2價基所組成的組群中的鏈狀結構,其中R為氫原子或1價有機基;所述化合物(C1)為下述式(1-3)所表示的化合物,
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0100-1
式(1-3)中,A7為氫原子或1價有機基,A8及A9分別獨立地為單鍵、2價烴基或在所述2價烴基中的碳-碳鍵間導入-O-、-COO-、-CO-、-NHCO-、-S-或-NH-的一個以上的官能基而成的2價基,所述基的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經鹵素原子或羥基所取代;其中,A7、A8及A9中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子; 在2個或3個芳香族環基鍵結於同一氮原子上而成的芳香族胺結構中的芳香族環基上未鍵結有參與聚合的反應性基,L4為選自由碳數1~5的2價鏈狀烴基以及將所述鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR3CO-、-COO-或-COS-取代而成的2價基所組成的組群中的結構,其中R3為氫原子或1價有機基,L5為碳數1~20的2價鏈狀烴基或者將所述鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR4-、-NR4CO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的2價基,R4為氫原子或1價有機基。
A liquid crystal alignment agent, characterized in that it contains a polymer (P) obtained by reacting at least one compound (C') selected from the group consisting of compound (C) and compound (C1), and The compound (C) has the following structure (a) and the following structure (b); (a) an aromatic amine structure in which two or three aromatic ring groups are bonded to the same nitrogen atom; and (b) Selected from divalent chain hydrocarbon groups with 6 or more carbons, and at least one methylene group in the chain hydrocarbon groups is -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -NRCO-,- A chain structure in a group consisting of divalent groups substituted by COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -, wherein R is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; the compound (C1) Is a compound represented by the following formula (1-3),
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0100-1
In the formula (1-3), A 7 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and A 8 and A 9 are each independently a single bond, a divalent hydrocarbon group, or a carbon-carbon bond introduced into the divalent hydrocarbon group- A divalent group consisting of one or more functional groups of O-, -COO-, -CO-, -NHCO-, -S- or -NH-, and the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom of the group may be halogenated Atom or hydroxyl; among them, at least two of A 7 , A 8 and A 9 are aromatic rings bonded to the nitrogen atom; 2 or 3 aromatic ring groups are bonded to the same nitrogen atom The aromatic ring group in the aromatic amine structure is not bonded with a reactive group participating in polymerization, and L 4 is selected from a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and at least 1 of the chain hydrocarbon groups A structure in the group consisting of divalent groups substituted by a methylene group with -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR 3 CO-, -COO- or -COS-, where R 3 is A hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, L 5 is a divalent chain hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbons, or at least one methylene group in the chain hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR 4 -, -NR 4 CO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -substituted divalent group, R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所述化合物(C)為在分子內具有2個以上所述芳香族胺結構的化合物。 The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the compound (C) is a compound having two or more aromatic amine structures in the molecule. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所述聚合物(P)為選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯亞胺所組成的組群中的至少一種。 The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the polymer (P) is selected from the group consisting of polyamide acid, polyamide acid ester, and polyimide At least one of them. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所述化合物(C)為下述式(1)所表示的化合物,
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0101-2
式(1)中,A1及A3分別獨立地為氫原子或1價有機基,A2及A4分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;B1及B2分別獨立地為單 鍵或2價有機基;其中,在B1為單鍵的情況下,A1及A2的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B1為2價有機基的情況下,A1、A2及B1中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;在B2為單鍵的情況下,A3及A4的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B2為2價有機基的情況下,A3、A4及B2中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;L1為包含選自由碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基、以及將所述鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的2價基所組成的組群中的鏈狀結構的2價基,其中R為氫原子或1價有機基。
The liquid crystal alignment agent described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the compound (C) is a compound represented by the following formula (1),
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0101-2
In formula (1), A 1 and A 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 2 and A 4 are each independently a single bond or a divalent organic group; B 1 and B 2 are each independently a single Bond or a divalent organic group; among them, when B 1 is a single bond, at least one of A 1 and A 2 is an aromatic ring bonded to a nitrogen atom, and when B 1 is a divalent organic group , At least two of A 1 , A 2 and B 1 are bonded to the nitrogen atom by an aromatic ring; when B 2 is a single bond, at least one of A 3 and A 4 is bonded by an aromatic ring For the nitrogen atom, when B 2 is a divalent organic group, at least two of A 3 , A 4 and B 2 are aromatic rings and are bonded to the nitrogen atom; L 1 includes those with 6 or more carbon atoms A bivalent chain hydrocarbon group, and at least one methylene group in the chain hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -A bivalent group in a chain structure in a group consisting of a divalent group substituted with -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -, wherein R is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
如申請專利範圍第4項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所述B1及所述B2的至少任一者為單鍵。 The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 4, wherein at least any one of the B 1 and the B 2 is a single bond. 如申請專利範圍第4項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所述L1是由下述式(2)所表示,
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0102-3
式(2)中,L2及L3分別獨立地為選自由碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基、以及將所述鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的2價基所組成的組群中的鏈狀結構,其中R為氫原子或1價有機基; Q為下述式(3)或式(4)所表示的2價基;n為0~4的整數;“*”表示結合鍵;
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0103-4
式(3)中,A5為氫原子或1價有機基;R1及R2為取代基,彼此可相同,也可以不同;“*”表示結合鍵;
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0103-5
式(4)中,A6為氫原子或1價有機基;“*”表示結合鍵。
The liquid crystal alignment agent described in item 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein the L 1 is represented by the following formula (2),
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0102-3
In formula (2), L 2 and L 3 are each independently selected from a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbons, and at least one methylene group in the chain hydrocarbon group is represented by -O-, -S -, -CO-, -NR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -COS-, or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -The chain structure in the group consisting of substituted divalent groups, where R Is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; Q is a divalent group represented by the following formula (3) or formula (4); n is an integer from 0 to 4; "*" represents a bond;
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0103-4
In formula (3), A 5 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; R 1 and R 2 are substituents, which may be the same or different from each other; "*" represents a bonding bond;
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0103-5
In formula (4), A 6 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; "*" represents a bonding bond.
如申請專利範圍第4項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所述化合物(C)為下述式(1-1)所表示的化合物,
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0103-7
式(1-1)中,L11為包含將碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的基團的2價基,其中R為氫原子或1價有機基;A1、A2、A3、A4、B1及B2是與所述式(1)相同含義;其中,在L11具有碳數1~5的烷二基的情況下,A1及A3的至少任一者為氫原子,或者B1及B2的至少任一者為2價有機基。
The liquid crystal alignment agent described in claim 4, wherein the compound (C) is a compound represented by the following formula (1-1),
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0103-7
In the formula (1-1), L 11 is a formula containing at least one methylene group in a bivalent chain hydrocarbon group with 6 or more carbon atoms as -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -NRCO -, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -substituted with a divalent group of groups, wherein R is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4. B 1 and B 2 have the same meaning as the above formula (1); wherein, when L 11 has an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one of A 1 and A 3 is a hydrogen atom , Or at least one of B 1 and B 2 is a divalent organic group.
如申請專利範圍第4項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所述化合物(C)為下述式(1-2)所表示的化合物,
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0104-8
式(1-2)中,L12為包含碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基的2價基;A1、A2、A3、A4、B1及B2是與所述式(1)相同含義。
The liquid crystal alignment agent described in item 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein the compound (C) is a compound represented by the following formula (1-2),
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0104-8
In the formula (1-2), L 12 is a divalent group including a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbons; A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , B 1 and B 2 are the same as those in the formula ( 1) The same meaning.
如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所述聚合物(P)為選自由使四羧酸二酐、與包含所述化合物(C')的二胺進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯亞胺所組成的組群中的至少一種,並且所述四羧酸二酐包含選自由1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-8-甲基 -5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、3-氧雜雙環[3.2.1]辛烷-2,4-二酮-6-螺環-3'-(四氫呋喃-2',5'-二酮)、5-(2,5-二氧代四氫-3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧基降冰片烷-2:3,5:6-二酐、4,9-二氧雜三環[5.3.1.02,6]十一烷-3,5,8,10-四酮、雙環[3.3.0]辛烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸二酐、乙二胺四乙酸二酐、環戊烷四羧酸二酐、1,3-丙二醇雙(偏苯三甲酸酐酯)以及均苯四甲酸二酐所組成的組群中的至少一種。 The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the polymer (P) is selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine containing the compound (C') At least one of the group consisting of polyamide acid, polyamide acid ester, and polyimide obtained by the reaction, and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride includes at least one selected from the group consisting of 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane Alkyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic dianhydride, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo -3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-8-methyl-5-(tetrahydro -2,5-dioxo-3-furyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2,4- Diketone-6-spiro-3'-(tetrahydrofuran-2',5'-dione), 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furyl)-3-methyl-3- Cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxynorbornane-2:3,5:6-dianhydride, 4,9-dioxatricyclic [5.3 .1.0 2,6 ]Undecane-3,5,8,10-tetraketone, bicyclo[3.3.0]octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid At least one of anhydride, cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-propanediol bis(trimellitic anhydride ester), and pyromellitic dianhydride. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所述化合物(C')的分子量為1,000以下。 The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the molecular weight of the compound (C′) is 1,000 or less. 一種液晶配向膜,其特徵在於:其是使用如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑而形成。 A liquid crystal alignment film, characterized in that it is formed by using the liquid crystal alignment agent described in any one of items 1 to 10 in the scope of the patent application. 一種液晶顯示元件,其特徵在於:包括如申請專利範圍第11項所述的液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal display element, characterized by comprising the liquid crystal alignment film as described in item 11 of the scope of patent application. 一種相位差膜,其特徵在於:包括如申請專利範圍第11項所述的液晶配向膜。 A retardation film, characterized by comprising the liquid crystal alignment film as described in item 11 of the scope of patent application. 一種相位差膜的製造方法,其特徵在於包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑塗布於基板上而形成塗膜的步驟、對所述塗膜進行光照射的步驟;以及在經所述光照射後的塗膜上塗布聚合性液晶並使其硬化的步驟。 A method for manufacturing a retardation film, which is characterized by comprising: coating the liquid crystal alignment agent as described in any one of items 1 to 10 of the scope of the patent application on a substrate to form a coating film; The step of irradiating the film with light; and the step of coating the polymerizable liquid crystal on the coating film irradiated with the light and curing it. 一種聚合物,其特徵在於,其為選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯亞胺所組成的組群中的聚合物,而且其是將選自由四羧酸二酐、四羧酸二酯化合物及四羧酸二酯 二鹵化物所組成的組群中的至少一種化合物,與包含選自由下述式(1-1)所表示的化合物、下述式(1-2)所表示的化合物及下述式(1-3)所表示的化合物所組成的組群中的至少一種的二胺用於反應而獲得,
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0106-10
式(1-1)中,A1及A3分別獨立地為氫原子或1價有機基,A2及A4分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;B1及B2分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;其中,在B1為單鍵的情況下,A1及A2的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B1為2價有機基的情況下,A1、A2及B1中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;在B2為單鍵的情況下,A3及A4的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B2為2價有機基的情況下,A3、A4及B2中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;L11為包含將碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的基團的2價基,其中R為氫原子或1價有機基;其中,在L11具有碳數1~5的烷二基的情況下,A1及A3的至少任一者為氫原子,或者B1及B2的至少任一者為2價有機基;[化9]
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0107-11
式(1-2)中,L12為包含碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基的2價基;A1、A2、A3、A4、B1及B2是與所述式(1-1)相同含義;其中,在L12為碳數6~10的烷二基的情況下,A1及A3的至少任一者為1價有機基,或者B1及B2的至少任一者為2價有機基;
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0107-12
式(1-3)中,A7為氫原子或1價有機基,A8及A9分別獨立地為單鍵、2價烴基或在所述2價烴基中的碳-碳鍵間導入-O-、-COO-、-CO-、-NHCO-、-S-或-NH-的一個以上的官能基而成的2價基,所述基的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經鹵素原子或羥基所取代;其中,A7、A8及A9中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;在2個或3個芳香族環基鍵結於同一氮原子上而成的芳香族胺結構中的芳香族環基上未鍵結有參與聚合的反應性基,L4為碳數1~5的2價鏈狀烴基或者將所述鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR3CO-、-COO-或-COS-所取代的2價基,其中R3為氫原子或1價有機基;L3為碳數1~20的2價鏈狀烴基或者將所述鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR4-、 -NR4CO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的2價基,R4為氫原子或1價有機基。
A polymer characterized in that it is a polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamide acid, polyamide acid ester and polyimide, and it is selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride. At least one compound from the group consisting of a carboxylic acid diester compound and a tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide, and includes a compound selected from the following formula (1-1), and the following formula (1-2) At least one diamine in the group consisting of the compound represented and the compound represented by the following formula (1-3) is obtained by reacting,
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0106-10
In formula (1-1), A 1 and A 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 2 and A 4 are each independently a single bond or a divalent organic group; B 1 and B 2 are each independently Is a single bond or a divalent organic group; among them, when B 1 is a single bond, at least one of A 1 and A 2 is an aromatic ring and is bonded to a nitrogen atom, and B 1 is a divalent organic group In this case, at least two of A 1 , A 2 and B 1 are aromatic rings and are bonded to the nitrogen atom; when B 2 is a single bond, at least one of A 3 and A 4 is an aromatic ring. It is bonded to a nitrogen atom, and when B 2 is a divalent organic group, at least two of A 3 , A 4 and B 2 are aromatic rings and are bonded to the nitrogen atom; L 11 includes a carbon number 6 or more At least one methylene group in the bivalent chain hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -A divalent group of a substituted group, wherein R is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; wherein, when L 11 has an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, at least any of A 1 and A 3 One is a hydrogen atom, or at least one of B 1 and B 2 is a divalent organic group; [化9]
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0107-11
In the formula (1-2), L 12 is a divalent group including a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbons; A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , B 1 and B 2 are the same as those in the formula ( 1-1) The same meaning; wherein, when L 12 is an alkanediyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one of A 1 and A 3 is a monovalent organic group, or at least one of B 1 and B 2 Any one is a divalent organic group;
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0107-12
In the formula (1-3), A 7 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and A 8 and A 9 are each independently a single bond, a divalent hydrocarbon group, or a carbon-carbon bond introduced into the divalent hydrocarbon group- A divalent group consisting of one or more functional groups of O-, -COO-, -CO-, -NHCO-, -S- or -NH-, and the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom of the group may be halogenated Atoms or hydroxyl groups; among them, at least two of A 7 , A 8 and A 9 are aromatic rings bonded to the nitrogen atom; 2 or 3 aromatic ring groups are bonded to the same nitrogen atom The aromatic ring group in the aromatic amine structure is not bonded with a reactive group participating in the polymerization, and L 4 is a divalent chain hydrocarbon group with 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or at least one of the chain hydrocarbon groups is The methyl group is a divalent group substituted by -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR 3 CO-, -COO- or -COS-, wherein R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; L 3 is A divalent chain hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms or at least one methylene group in the chain hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR 4 -, -NR 4 CO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -substituted with a divalent group, R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
一種化合物,其特徵在於,其由下述式(1-1)表示,
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0108-13
式(1-1)中,A1及A3分別獨立地為氫原子或1價有機基,A2及A4分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;B1及B2分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;其中,在B1為單鍵的情況下,A1及A2的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B1為2價有機基的情況下,A1、A2及B1中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;在B2為單鍵的情況下,A3及A4的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B2為2價有機基的情況下,A3、A4及B2中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;L11為包含將碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的基團的2價基,其中R為氫原子或1價有機基;其中,在L11具有碳數1~5的烷二基的情況下,A1及A3的至少任一者為氫原子,或者B1及B2的至少任一者為2價有機基。
A compound characterized in that it is represented by the following formula (1-1),
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0108-13
In formula (1-1), A 1 and A 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 2 and A 4 are each independently a single bond or a divalent organic group; B 1 and B 2 are each independently Is a single bond or a divalent organic group; among them, when B 1 is a single bond, at least one of A 1 and A 2 is an aromatic ring and is bonded to a nitrogen atom, and B 1 is a divalent organic group In this case, at least two of A 1 , A 2 and B 1 are aromatic rings and are bonded to the nitrogen atom; when B 2 is a single bond, at least one of A 3 and A 4 is an aromatic ring. It is bonded to a nitrogen atom, and when B 2 is a divalent organic group, at least two of A 3 , A 4 and B 2 are aromatic rings and are bonded to the nitrogen atom; L 11 includes a carbon number 6 or more At least one methylene group in the bivalent chain hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -A divalent group of a substituted group, wherein R is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; wherein, when L 11 has an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, at least any of A 1 and A 3 One is a hydrogen atom, or at least one of B 1 and B 2 is a divalent organic group.
一種化合物,其特徵在於,其由下述式(1-2)表示,[化12]
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0109-15
式(1-2)中,A1及A3分別獨立地為氫原子或1價有機基,A2及A4分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;B1及B2分別獨立地為單鍵或2價有機基;其中,在B1為單鍵的情況下,A1及A2的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B1為2價有機基的情況下,A1、A2及B1中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;在B2為單鍵的情況下,A3及A4的至少1個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子,在B2為2價有機基的情況下,A3、A4及B2中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;L12為包含碳數6以上的2價鏈狀烴基的2價基;其中,在L12為碳數6~10的烷二基的情況下,A1及A3的至少任一者為1價有機基,或者B1及B2的至少任一者為2價有機基。
A compound characterized in that it is represented by the following formula (1-2), [化12]
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0109-15
In formula (1-2), A 1 and A 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 2 and A 4 are each independently a single bond or a divalent organic group; B 1 and B 2 are each independently Is a single bond or a divalent organic group; among them, when B 1 is a single bond, at least one of A 1 and A 2 is an aromatic ring and is bonded to a nitrogen atom, and B 1 is a divalent organic group In this case, at least two of A 1 , A 2 and B 1 are aromatic rings and are bonded to the nitrogen atom; when B 2 is a single bond, at least one of A 3 and A 4 is an aromatic ring. It is bonded to a nitrogen atom. When B 2 is a divalent organic group, at least two of A 3 , A 4 and B 2 are aromatic rings and are bonded to the nitrogen atom; L 12 contains 6 or more carbon atoms A divalent group of a bivalent chain hydrocarbon group; wherein, when L 12 is an alkanediyl group having 6 to 10 carbons, at least one of A 1 and A 3 is a monovalent organic group, or B 1 and B 2, at least any one of a bivalent organic group.
一種化合物,其特徵在於,其由下述式(1-3)表示,
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0109-16
式(1-3)中,A7為氫原子或1價有機基,A8及A9分別獨立地為單鍵、2價烴基或在所述2價烴基中的碳-碳鍵間導入-O-、-COO-、-CO-、-NHCO-、-S-或-NH-的一個以上的官能基而成的2 價基,所述基的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經鹵素原子或羥基所取代;其中,A7、A8及A9中至少2個是以芳香環而鍵結於氮原子;在2個或3個芳香族環基鍵結於同一氮原子上而成的芳香族胺結構中的芳香族環基上未鍵結有參與聚合的反應性基,L4為碳數1~5的2價鏈狀烴基或者將所述鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR3CO-、-COO-或-COS-所取代的2價基,其中R3為氫原子或1價有機基;L5為碳數1~20的2價鏈狀烴基或者將所述鏈狀烴基中的至少1個亞甲基以-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR4-、-NR4CO-、-COO-、-COS-或-Si(CH3)2-取代而成的2價基,R4為氫原子或1價有機基。
A compound characterized in that it is represented by the following formula (1-3),
Figure 104104485-A0305-02-0109-16
In the formula (1-3), A 7 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and A 8 and A 9 are each independently a single bond, a divalent hydrocarbon group, or a carbon-carbon bond introduced into the divalent hydrocarbon group- A divalent group consisting of one or more functional groups of O-, -COO-, -CO-, -NHCO-, -S- or -NH-, and the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom of the group may be halogenated Atoms or hydroxyl groups; among them, at least two of A 7 , A 8 and A 9 are aromatic rings bonded to the nitrogen atom; 2 or 3 aromatic ring groups are bonded to the same nitrogen atom The aromatic ring group in the aromatic amine structure is not bonded with a reactive group participating in the polymerization, and L 4 is a divalent chain hydrocarbon group with 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or at least one of the chain hydrocarbon groups is The methyl group is a divalent group substituted by -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR 3 CO-, -COO- or -COS-, wherein R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; L 5 is A divalent chain hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms or at least one methylene group in the chain hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR 4 -, -NR 4 CO-, -COO-, -COS- or -Si(CH 3 ) 2 -substituted with a divalent group, R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
TW104104485A 2014-02-13 2015-02-11 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and method for manufacturing the same, polymer and compound TWI709611B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014025884 2014-02-13
JP2014-025884 2014-02-13

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201531530A TW201531530A (en) 2015-08-16
TWI709611B true TWI709611B (en) 2020-11-11

Family

ID=53845641

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104104485A TWI709611B (en) 2014-02-13 2015-02-11 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and method for manufacturing the same, polymer and compound

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6492564B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102209444B1 (en)
CN (1) CN104845642B (en)
TW (1) TWI709611B (en)

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6686298B2 (en) * 2014-08-25 2020-04-22 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display device
US9889526B2 (en) 2015-07-03 2018-02-13 Sungwoo Hitech Co., Ltd. Laser welding method for welding dissimilar metal plates
KR20180085003A (en) * 2015-11-25 2018-07-25 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
JP7114856B2 (en) * 2016-02-15 2022-08-09 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN105732399B (en) * 2016-02-24 2017-10-31 安徽大学 A kind of triphenylamine base amine derivant with living cell developing function and preparation method thereof
KR102469386B1 (en) * 2016-08-30 2022-11-21 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2018043325A1 (en) * 2016-08-30 2018-03-08 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same
TWI783946B (en) * 2016-09-16 2022-11-21 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Manufacturing method of substrate with liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
CN109716222B (en) * 2016-09-16 2022-07-26 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR102337423B1 (en) * 2018-01-25 2021-12-08 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 A liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal aligning film, a liquid crystal element, and the manufacturing method of a liquid crystal element
WO2019146319A1 (en) * 2018-01-25 2019-08-01 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element and method for producing liquid crystal element
WO2019202884A1 (en) * 2018-04-19 2019-10-24 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, polymer, and compound
CN113544184A (en) * 2019-04-10 2021-10-22 Jsr株式会社 Composition for film formation, cured film, and retardation film
JP2022027480A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-10 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal element
KR20220015327A (en) * 2020-07-30 2022-02-08 주식회사 엘지화학 Binder resin, positive-type photosensitive resin composition, insulating film and semiconductor device
CN114437348B (en) * 2022-03-10 2023-04-21 长沙道尔顿电子材料有限公司 Liquid crystal aligning agent and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI245948B (en) * 2001-06-12 2005-12-21 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Liquid crystal orientation agents and liquid crystal display device with the use thereof

Family Cites Families (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4924832B1 (en) 1970-12-23 1974-06-26
JPS5130907B2 (en) 1973-09-12 1976-09-03
JPH0453830A (en) * 1990-06-22 1992-02-21 Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd New liquid crystalline polymer and production thereof
JP2000044683A (en) 1998-07-29 2000-02-15 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Diamine having oligo-aniline unit and polyimide
JP4407776B2 (en) * 1999-12-02 2010-02-03 淳二 城戸 Electroluminescent device
US7524541B2 (en) 2002-08-29 2009-04-28 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Material for liquid crystal aligning and liquid crystal displays made by using the same
JP4821118B2 (en) * 2004-02-12 2011-11-24 Jnc株式会社 Diamine, polymer, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
KR101166087B1 (en) * 2004-03-25 2012-07-23 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Charge-transporting varnish and organic electro-luminescent devices made by using the same
WO2006129589A1 (en) * 2005-06-03 2006-12-07 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Charge-transporting varnishes containing charge-transporting polymers and organic electroluminescent devices made by using the same
KR101397293B1 (en) * 2006-09-26 2014-05-20 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display device
CN101178519A (en) * 2006-11-08 2008-05-14 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display device
JP5130907B2 (en) * 2007-08-08 2013-01-30 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN101925850B (en) * 2008-01-25 2012-06-06 日产化学工业株式会社 Liquid-crystal alignment material, liquid-crystal alignment film, and liquid-crystal display element
JP5071662B2 (en) * 2008-02-21 2012-11-14 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP2011008218A (en) * 2009-05-22 2011-01-13 Chisso Corp Optically anisotropic substance
JP5522385B2 (en) * 2010-03-04 2014-06-18 Jnc株式会社 LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ELEMENT, LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNING AGENT USED IN THE PROCESS FOR PRODUCING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ELEMENT, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNING FILM FORMED BY USING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL Aligning Agent
JP5569095B2 (en) * 2010-03-29 2014-08-13 Jnc株式会社 Diamine having diphenylamine structure at two positions in the molecule, polymer obtained by reacting this diamine, liquid crystal aligning agent containing this polymer, liquid crystal aligning film formed using this liquid crystal aligning agent, and this liquid crystal aligning film Liquid crystal display device having
KR20110124124A (en) * 2010-05-10 2011-11-16 짓쏘 세끼유 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Diamine, liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal display device
JP5790156B2 (en) 2010-07-15 2015-10-07 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent for retardation film, liquid crystal aligning film for retardation film, retardation film and method for producing the same
JP2012155311A (en) 2011-01-05 2012-08-16 Jnc Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming photo-aligning liquid crystal alignment layer, liquid crystal alignment layer and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP5879693B2 (en) * 2011-02-22 2016-03-08 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2013015773A (en) * 2011-07-06 2013-01-24 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment layer and liquid crystal display element
WO2013157463A1 (en) * 2012-04-16 2013-10-24 Jnc株式会社 Liquid-crystal alignment material for forming liquid-crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, liquid-crystal alignment film, and liquid-crystal display element including same
CN103145581B (en) * 2013-02-27 2016-01-20 中山大学 A kind of aromatic diamine compound containing imide structure and its preparation method and application
JP6350795B2 (en) * 2013-05-29 2018-07-04 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
CN103254432B (en) * 2013-05-30 2015-08-05 吉林大学 The acid of auto-doping Electroactive polyamide, preparation method and the application in electrochromism thereof

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI245948B (en) * 2001-06-12 2005-12-21 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Liquid crystal orientation agents and liquid crystal display device with the use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104845642A (en) 2015-08-19
KR102209444B1 (en) 2021-01-28
CN104845642B (en) 2020-11-24
KR20150095561A (en) 2015-08-21
JP6492564B2 (en) 2019-04-03
TW201531530A (en) 2015-08-16
JP2015166844A (en) 2015-09-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI709611B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and method for manufacturing the same, polymer and compound
TWI567109B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and manufacturing method thereof, polymer and compound
TW201443157A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and method for producing liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display element, method for producing liquid crystal aligning film, retardation film and method for producing retardation
TWI675096B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, retardation film, and its production method, polymer and diamine
JP6375789B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display element, retardation film and method for producing the same
TWI650374B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI582503B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and method for producing the same, liquid crystal display device
TW201540748A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI628204B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, phase difference film, manufacturing method of phase difference film and polymer
KR102151608B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and manufacturing method thereof, polymer and compound
JP6314488B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display element, retardation film and method for producing retardation film
JP6507937B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and method for manufacturing the same, liquid crystal display device, retardation film and method for manufacturing the same
TWI633375B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and method for manufacturing the same, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and method for manufacturing the same, polymer and compound
TWI610964B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display element, phase difference film, manufacturing method of phase difference film and polymer
JP2016206274A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method of the same, liquid crystal display, phase difference film and manufacturing method of the same, polymer, and compound
CN105385457B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TW201725242A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal component and method for preparing liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal component having an excellent initial voltage holding ratio and excellent light resistance
TWI683845B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method thereof, liquid crystal display element, and phase difference film and manufacturing method thereof